Darlington Local Plan ­ Making and Growing Places DPD SA Scoping Report Appendices, October 2012

Darlington Local Plan

Making and Growing Places Development Plan Document

Appendices to Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report

October 2012

Darlington Borough Council

                             

 

 

         

                                          

      

      

                

 

                                             

Darlington Local Plan – Making and Growing Places DPD SA Scoping Report Appendices, October 2012

Introduction to the Appendices

This is the companion document to the Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report of Darlington Borough Council’s Local Plan Making and Growing Places DPD.

Table of Contents

Appendix Title Page A List of Plans, Policies, Programmes and Sustainability 3

Objectives

B Sustainability Baseline 26

C Development of the Sustainability Framework 83

2

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

 

  

  

  

     

  

  

   

  

     

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

 

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

APPENDIX

A­LIST

OF

PLANS, POLICIES, PROGRAMMES

AND

SUSTAINABILITY

OBJECTIVES

SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT

International/

European

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

World

Summit

on

Sustainable

Development,

Johannesburg

(2002) (I1)

Global

governmental

declarations

to:

•

Advance

and

strengthen

3

pillars

of

sustainability

(economic

development,

social

development

and

environmenta

l protection)

at all levels

•

Protect

biodiversity

•

Tackle

underdevelop

ment through

education,

training

and

technology

transfer

•

Tackle

global

poverty

•

Change

consumption

and

production

patterns

•

Conserve

natural

resources

•

Tackle

clim

ate

change, and

•

Bring

health

care

to

basic

minimum

standards

A Sustainable

Europe

for a

Better World: A

European

Union

Strategy

for

Sustainable

Development

(2001) (E1)

• The

strategy

identifies

the

Securing

the

Future: UK

Government

Sustainable

Development Strategy

(2005) (N1)

Identifies

four UK

priorities

for action

which

include:

• Sustainable

consumption

and

production

• Clim

ate

change

and

energy

• Natural resource

protection

and

environmental enhancement

• Creating

sustainable

communities

and

a

fairer world

The

strategy

also

sets

out five

guiding

principles

that will

be

used

to achieve

sustainable

development in

the

UK. T

hese

are

as

follows:

• Living

within

environmental limits

• Ensuring

a strong

healthy

just society

• Achieving

a sustainable

economy

• Promoting

good

governance

• Using

sound

science

responsibly

Planning

Act (2008) (N2)

• Reform

s the

planning

system, notably

through

introduction

of National P

olicy

Statements

for infrastructure

and

an

Infrastructure

Planning

Commission

to

process

applications

for nationally

significant infrastructure

projects

at the

national level.

• Introduces

the

Community

Infrastructure

Levy

and

wider­ranging

Local

Development O

rders.

• Introduces

new

duties

for the

LDF:

Development plan

documents

produced

by

local planning

authorities

must

include

policies

designed

to contribute

to

the

mitigation

of,

and

adaptation

to

clim

ate

change. A

lso, the

sustainable

development duty

in the

Planning

&

Compulsory

Purchase

Act 2004

now

includes

a specific

reference

to the

desirability

of achieving

good

design.

• Gives

LPAs

powers

to

make

small

changes

to

an

existing

planning

perm

ission

on

the

basis

of a

more

lim

ited

application

procedure.

The

Localism

Bill

(2010) proposes

changes

to

the

Planning

Act,

specifically

bringing

the

regime

for national

infrastructure

under the

control of the

Secretary

of S

tate, P

arliament and

PINS.

National Planning

Policy

Framework

The

NPPF

sets

out the

Governments

planning

policies

for England

and

how

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East ( SUSTAINE

2008) (R1a)

The

IRF

sets

out a

vision

for the

North

East to

be

a place

where

present and

future

generations

have

a high

quality

of life. In

attaining

this

vision, the

North

East

needs

to

be

a vibrant,

self

reliant,

ambitious

and

outward

looking

region

featuring

a dynamic

economy, a

healthy

environment,

and

a distinctive

culture. A

series

of

ten

regional objectives

have

been

developed

that support

the

vision. T

hese

include:

• strengthening

the

economy;

• adapting

to

and

mitigating

against clim

ate

change;

• living

within

environmental limits;

• developing

a m

ore

sustainable

employment m

arket;

• establishing

a strong

learning

and

skills

base;

• improving

health

and

wellbeing

and

reducing

health

inequalities;

• protecting

and

enhancing

the

environment;

• building

sustainable

communities;

• developing

sustainable

transport; and

• promoting

and

respecting

the

region's

culture

and

heritage.

The

North

East of England

Regional Spatial Strategy

to

2021

(R2a)

Policy

2 sates

that LDF’s

should

support

sustainable

development and

construction

through

the

delivery

of twenty

three

environmental,

social and

economic

objectives. T

hese

objectives

have

incorporated

the

ten

regional objectives

of the

IRF.

Sustainable

Communities

in the

North

East:

Building

for the

Future

(2003) (R3)

Implements

the

national sustainable

communities’ action

plan

at the

regional level.

Highlights

actions

to address

housing, planning

and

neighbourhood

renewal

issues

and

further outlines

the

need

to

create

sustainable

communities

which:

• are

economically

prosperous;

• have

decent homes

at a

price

people

can

afford;

• safeguard

the

countryside;

• enjoy

a well­designed, accessible

and

pleasant living

and

working

environment;

• are

effectively

and

fairly

governed

with

a strong

sense

of community

Durham

County

LPA

Borders

Darlington

Borough

to

the

west and

north.

The

Settlement Hierarchy, as

identified

in County

Durham’s

Core

Strategy

Issues

and

Options

report, includes

three

‘main

towns’ in

close

proximity

to Darlington

Borough

(Newton

Aycliffe, S

hildon

and

Bishop

Auckland).

The

preferred

options

edition

of the

Durham

Plan

identifies

significant employment sites

on

the

border of Darlington

Borough, to

the

south

and

west of A

ycliffe

Industrial E

state, and

a significant housing

site

to the

east of N

ewton

Aycliffe.

Stockton

Borough

LPA

Borders

Darlington

Borough

to

the

east.

Stockton’s

adopted

Core

Strategy

includes

a policy

for the

protection

and

enhancement of the

openness

and

amenity

value

of a

strategic

gap

between

Eaglescliffe

and

Middleton

St George. T

he

preferred

options

stage

of S

tockton’s

Regeneration

and

Environment D

PD

identifies

significant housing

sites

at Urlay

Nook

west of

Egglescliffe, and

along

the

western

edge

of S

tockton, and

a significant employment site

to

the

SE

of the

airport.

Richmondshire

District LPA

Borders

Darlington

Borough

to

the

south.

The

Preferred

Options

Core

Strategy

identifies

the

northern

part

of the

District as

an

area

of development restraint w

ith

the

express

purposes

(among

others) of

resisting

pressures

for development and

commuting

arising

from

Darlington, and

helping

Darlington’s

regeneration. This

is in

conform

ity

with

the

Regional S

patial

Strategy

for Yorkshire

and

the

Humber.

Hambleton

District LPA

Darlington

Borough

has

a short

border with

a rural part

of H

ambleton

District.

The

adopted

Core

Strategy

identifies

the

northern

area, including

the

part

of the

district close

to Darlington, as

an

Area

of Restraint.

Durham

SA

objectives

To

provide

everybody with

the

opportunity to

live

in a

decent and

affordable

home

To

promote

strong, secure

communities

To

improve

education, training

and

life­long

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington:

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­

2021) (L1a)

The

vision

of

Darlington’s

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

(SCS) is

‘One

Darlington, P

erfectly

Placed’ w

hich

can

be

described

as:

• One

Darlington

–

Refers

to

making

the

most of D

arlington’s

unique

character and

qualities

and

to

building

inclusion

and

opportunity

for all.

A

need

has

been

identified

for gap

narrowing

in relation

to

educational

attainment,

health, life

expectancy

and

access

to

jobs,

services

and

facilities.

• Perfectly

Placed

–

The

Perfect P

lace

in

2021

will

have

a

strong

sense

of

community

and

improved

quality

of

life

for all Darlington

people, including

future

generations,

whilst respecting

local

and

global

environmental limits.

A number of long

term

outcomes

have

been

identified

in the

strategy,

for example:

• To

increase

employment,

pay

levels

and

economic

prospects

for people

living

in the

most

deprived

neighbourhoods

• Increase

participation

rates

in post 16

education

• Maximise

people’s

Policies, designations

and

allocations

to

protect

biodiversity, heritage

and

landscape, conserve

natural

resources

and

reduce

greenhouse

gas

emissions.

Policies, designations

and

allocations

to

promote

urban

and

rural regeneration

and

contribute

to addressing

inequalities

in health,

employment and

education.

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

be

easily

accessible, promote

safety

and

contribute

to

strengthening

existing

communities

Need

to

consult the

local

community

and

stakeholders

regarding

policies,

designations

and

allocations

Must include

(when

taken

together with

other DPDs)

policies

designed

to

contribute

to

the

mitigation

of,

and

adaptation

to, clim

ate

change

Must be

prepared

with

particular regard

to

the

desirability

of achieving

good

design.

Take

account of urban

fringe

effects

arising

from

the

proximity

of N

ewton

Aycliffe.

Shildon

and

to a

lesser extent

Bishop

Auckland.

Consider potential for green

infrastructure

in the

Bishopton

area

Encourage

existing

and

new

employment sites

accessible

to

deprived

neighbourhoods.

Take

account of new

employment sites

potentially

to

be

allocated

within

the

gaps

between

Darlington

and

Newton

Aycliffe, and

Middleton

St G

eorge

and

Yarm

.

The

requirements

of

the

SEA

must be

met

and

documented

through

the

SA

process.

Appraisal of policies,

designations

and

location

of new

development and

allocations

to

consider

social,

economic

and

environmental effects

against Darlington’s

key

issues

Ensure

a design

criterion

is applied

to

all options

and

policies

Include

proximity

to

deprived

neighbourhoods

as

a

criterion

for

employment sites

Assess

cross­border

impacts

of policies

covering

the

whole

borough

and

those

covering

sites

near the

border.

Increased

importance

of the

remaining

countryside

gaps

between

Darlington,

Middleton

St G

eorge

and

adjacent towns.

Need

for improved

sustainable

travel

connections

with

adjacent towns

and

employment areas.

3

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

    

  

 

  

  

 

   

 

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT

International/

European

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

following

unsustainabl

e trends

on

which

action

needs

to

be

taken:

• Clim

ate

change

and

energy

use

• Production

and

consumption

rates

• Natural

resource

use

• Public

health,

poverty

and

social

exclusion

• Economic

and

social

implications

of an

ageing

society

• Global

commitment

to sustainable

development

Strategic

Environmental

Assessment

Directive

(2001/42/EC) (E2)

Objective

to:

Provide

for a

high

level of protection

of the

environment

and

to

contribute

to

the

integration

of environmental

considerations

into

the

preparation

and

adoption

of

plans

and

programmes

with

a

view

to

promoting

sustainable

development.

these

are

to be

applied. It m

ust be

taken

into

account in

the

preparation

of local and

neighbourhood

plans

and

is a

material consideration

in planning

decisions.

The

framework

includes

a presumption

in

favour of sustainable

development and

requires

that local planning

authorities

seek

to

achieve

the

economic, social and

environmental dimensions

of sustainable

development.

States

that the

policies

contained

in

paragraphs

18­219

of the

document,

taken

as

a whole, constitute

the

Government’s

view

of what sustainable

development in

England

means

in practice

for the

planning

system.

learning, and

maintain

a healthy labour market

To

reduce

health

inequalities and

promote

healthy lifestyles

To

improve

access to

jobs, facilities, goods and

services and

promote

sustainable

transport

options

To

reduce

deprivation

and

poverty

To

provide

and

improve

access to

a range

of good

quality and

sustainable

employment opportunities

To

develop

a sustainable

and

diverse

economy

To

reduce

the

causes

or adverse

impacts

of clim

ate

change, and

encourage

energy

efficiency

To

protect and

enhance

biodiversity

and

geodiversity

To

protect and

enhance

the

quality

and

character of landscape

and

townscape

To

protect and

improve

air, water and

soil resources

To

reduce

waste

and

encourage

the

sustainable

and

efficient use

of materials

To

protect and

enhance

the

cultural heritage

& historic environment

Stockton

SA

Objectives

To

ensure

stable

levels

of employment and

achieve

high

and

sustainable

levels

of economic

growth.

To

improve

the

viability

and

vitality

of defined

retail centres.

To

implement regional gateways

that contribute

to and

deliver sustainable

economic

growth.

To

ensure

accessibility

for all to

job

facilities, goods

and

services

across

the

Borough.

To

ensure

everyone

has

the

opportunity

of living

in a

decent and

affordable

home.

To

help

improve

the

health

of the

Borough’s

residents

and

reduce

inequalities

in health

by

providing

opportunities

for physical activity.

To

improve

the

opportunity

and

achievement in

education

and

lifelong

learning.

To

promote

safer communities, reduce

and

prevent crime

and

reduce

fear of crime.

To

protect and

enhance

buildings, sites, areas

and

features

of historic, archaeological and

architectural interest and

diversity, and

protect and

enhance

their

settings.

To

protect and

enhance

local distinctiveness

of the

Borough’s

urban

and

rural landscape.

To

ensure

good

local air

quality

for all.

To

protect and

enhance

the

quality

of the

Borough’s

ground, river and

sea

waters.

To

reduce

the

causes

and

impacts

of clim

atic

change.

Reduce

the

risk

of flooding

and

the

resulting

detriment to

people

and

property.

To

reduce

the

amount of waste

produced

and

increase

the

amount recycled, reused

and

recovered.

To

protect and

enhance

biodiversity

and

geodiversity.

Make

better use

of our natural resources

such

as

land

and

soil.

Richmondshire

SA

Objectives

1. Good

quality

employment opportunities

available

to all

2. Conditions

for business

success, economic

growth

and

investment

3. Education

and

training

opportunities

which

build

the

skills

and

capacity

of the

population

4. Quality

housing

available

to everyone

5. Safety

and

security

for people

and

property

6. Conditions

and

services

to

engender good

health

7.Culture, heritage, leisure

& recreation

activities

to

all

8. Prudent and

efficient use

of energy

& natural resources, m

inimal production

of waste

9. Minimise

greenhouse

gas

emissions

and

a managed

response

to the

effects

of clim

ate

change

10. Reduction

of flood

risk

to

people

and

property

11. A

transport

network

which

maximises

access

whilst m

inimising

detrimental impact

12. Minimal pollution

Levels

13. Bio­diverse

and

attractive

natural E

nvironment

14. A

quality

built

environment that protects

and

enhances

its

historic

assets

and

efficient land

use

patterns, that m

akes

good

use

of derelict sites, m

inimises

travel

and

promotes

balanced

development

15. Vibrant communities

that participate

in decision

making

16. Local needs

met locally

ability

to

live

independently

throughout their

lives

• Reduce

CO

2

emissions

in the

borough

through

effective

spatial

planning, the

design

of new

buildings,

improved

insulation

and

transport

links

• Reduce

the

fear of

crime

and

anti­social

behaviour

CLIMATE

CHANGE

AND

ENERGY

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

United

Nations

Framework

Convention

on

Climate

Change

Climate

Change

Act (2008) (N6)

Aims

to

improve

carbon

management,

helping

the

transition

towards

a low

carbon

economy

in

the

UK. A

lso

aims

to

demonstrate

UK

leadership

internationally. S

ets

a new

ambitious

target to

ensure

that the

net UK

carbon

account for the

year 2050

is at least 80%

lower than

the

1990

The

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East (2007) (R1b)

Contains

a regional objective

to adapt to

and

mitigate

against clim

ate

change

The

Tees

Valley

Climate

Change

Strategy

(2010­2020) (SR2)

Business:

• D

rive

energy

efficiency

and

the

use

Darlington’s

Climate

Change

Strategy

(2006­2010) &

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington:

Location

of designations, new

development and

allocations

to

follow

the

principles

of the

energy

hierarchy

by

first

Appraisal of potential

locations

of new

development and

site

allocations

to

consider

4

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

    

     

  

  

  

  

       

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

 

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

     

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

(1992),

including

the

Kyoto

Protocol

(2005) (I2)

Objectives

include:

• Reduction

of

greenhouse

gases

to

12.5%

below

1990

levels

by

2012

• Domestic

emissions

reduction

of 20%

• 10%

of electricity

from

renewable

sources

by

2010

• Double

UK’s

Combined

Heat

and

Power

capacity

by

2010

The

Climate

action

and

renewable

energy

package

(2009)

Sets

demanding

clim

ate

and

energy

targets

to

be

met by

2020

(E3):

A

reduction

in EU

ghg’s

of at least 20%

below

1990

levels

20%

of E

U’S

energy

consumption

to

come

from

renewable

resources

A 20%

reduction

in

primary

energy

use

compared

with

projected

levels

to

be

achieved

by

improving

energy

efficiency

baseline.

Carbon

budgets:

22%

reduction

by

2008­12

28%

reduction

by

2013­17

34%

reduction

by

2018­22

Meeting

the

Energy

Challenge: A

White

Paper on

Energy

(2007) (N7)

Sets

out the

Government's

international and

domestic

energy

strategy. Contains

four energy

policy

goals:

• to

put ourselves

on

a path

to cutting

carbon

dioxide

emissions

by

some

60%

(now

80%) by

about 2050, with

real progress

by

2020

• to

maintain

the

reliability

of energy

supplies

• to

promote

competitive

markets

in the

UK

and

beyond

• to

ensure

that every

home

is adequately

and

affordably

heated

Building

a Greener Future: policy

statement (2007) (N8)

This

policy

statement confirm

s the

Government's

intention

for all new

homes

to

be

zero

carbon

by

2016

with

a m

ajor progressive

tightening

of the

energy

efficiency

building

regulations

­by

25

per cent in

2010

and

by

44

per cent in

2013

­up

to the

zero

carbon

target in

2016.

Climate

Change: The

UK

Programme

(2006) (N9)

Sets

out the

policies

and

priorities

for action

in the

UK

and

internationally

for tackling

clim

ate

change. Development should

strive

to

reduce

the

impact of clim

ate

change.

Stern

Review: The

Economics

of Climate

Change

(2006) (N10)

The

Stern

review

assesses

the

evidence

and

explains

the

economics

of clim

ate

change. T

he

review

states

that ‘there

is still time

to

avoid

the

worst impacts

of clim

ate

change, if w

e take

strong

action

now.’

The

Review

estimates

that if we

don’t

act,

the

overall costs

and

risks

of

clim

ate

change

will

be

equivalent to

losing

at least 5%

of global G

DP

each

year,

now

and

forever.

The

Code

for Sustainable

Homes: Setting

the

standard

in sustainability

for new

homes

(2008)

Sets

standards

for sustainable

residential construction, including

energy

efficiency

and

low/zero

carbon

energy

generation

measures

Climate

Change

Act 2009

The

Act aims

to

improve

carbon

management and

to demonstrate

UK

leadership

internationally

on

emission

reduction.

Key

provisions

include:

A legally

binding

target of at least an

80

percent cut in

greenhouse

gas

emissions

by

2050,

and

a reduction

in emissions

of at least 34

percent by

2020.

Further measures

to

reduce

emissions, including: powers

to

introduce

domestic

emissions

trading

schemes

more

quickly

and

easily

through

secondary

legislation; m

easures

on

biofuels; powers

to

introduce

pilot financial incentive

schemes

in England

for household

waste

DEFRA: How

well

prepared

is the

UK

for climate

change?

(2010)

• Identifies

key

fields

where

improvement is

needed

to

meet the

challenge

of clim

ate

change,

including, Land

use

planning, P

roviding

national infrastructure, Designing

and

renovating

buildings, M

anaging

natural resources, E

mergency

planning.

• Actions

identified

for land

use

planning

include

locating

long

lived

assets

so

as

to

minimise

flood

risk

and

excessive

water use; m

anaging

competing

pressures

on

land, including

for

agriculture; and

including

green

space

in urban

design. For building

design

they

include

water efficiency

measures, flood

resilience

measures, S

UDS

and

allowance

for hotter

weather.

For natural resource

management they

include

habitat creation

protection

and

ecological networks; water efficiency

measures; and

allowance

for changes

to

rivers.

• Advises

on

the

decision­m

aking

process

for adapting

to clim

ate

change­identifying

‘no­

regrets’ options

and

ensuring

options

that require

more

investm

ent are

soundly

based.

• C

oncludes

that ‘Local development planning

policy

is not adequately

considering

adaptation’.

• Local authorities

need

to build

an

understanding

of their

vulnerability

to

current and

future

clim

ate

and

embed

adaptation

into

their

risk

management functions.

• Proposes

the

duty

to co­operate

between

local planning

authorities

as

a way

government

can

ensure

adaptation

at the

landscape

scale.

The

North

East of England

Regional Spatial

Strategy

to

2021

(R2b)

Policy

3 –

clim

ate

change:

•

Help

the

region

to contribute

to meeting

national

policy

as

set out in

the

Energy

White

Paper

•

Plan

for the

successful adaptation

to the

impacts

of clim

ate

change

in the

region

•

Help

the

Region

mitigate

and

adapt to

clim

ate

change

Policy

38

­sustainable

construction:

•

Promote

and

secure

greater use

of local

renewable

energy

in development

•

Major new

developments

of m

ore

than

10

dwellings

or 100m

2 of non­residential floorspace

should

secure

at least 10%

of their

energy

supply

from

decentralised

and

renewable

or low­

carbon

sources.

Policy

39

relates

to

renewable

energy

generation:

•

Facilitate

the

generation

of at least 10%

of the

Region’s

consumption

of electricity

from

renewable

sources

within

the

Region

by

2010

•

Aspire

to further increase

renewable

electricity

generation

to

achieve

20%

of regional

consumption

by

2020

•

Facilitate

the

achievement of the

138MW

sub

regional target for the

Tees

Valley

Policy

40

relates

to

planning

for renewables.:

•

Provide

a positive

rather than

a restrictive

framework

for renewables

to

deliver the

maximum

potential for generation

in Darlington

Borough

•

Identify

renewable

resource

areas

•

Consider the

environmental,

social, economic

and

visual effects

of renewable

energy

proposals

•

Consider the

cumulative

impact of w

ind

turbine

proposals

Policy

41

relates

to

onshore

wind

development

•

Rely

on

a substantial contribution

from

wind

energy

to

meet targets

•

Support

wind

farm

s in

urban

areas

and

on

the

urban

rural fringe

North

East Renewable

Energy

Strategy

(2005) (R4)

The

conclusions

of the

strategy

are:

•

the

North

East region

should

adopt to

the

Government’s

targets

and

aspirations

for

renewable

electricity

•

the

region

should

pioneer the

development of

heat only

renewable

energy

and

should

continue

to

encourage

solar power

•

Onshore

wind

remains

the

key

technology

for

achieving

the

targets

of RSS

Policy

40

North

East Strategy

for the

Environment (2008)

(R:es1)

Objectives

to:

•

Ensure

clim

ate

change

is coherently

addressed

in

all policies

and

developments, so

that adaptation

and

mitigation

measures

are

identified

and

implemented

across

all sectors

reinforcing

the

drive

towards

a low

carbon

and

resilient region

of renewable

energy

through

the

planning

system. This

will

help

to

create

local jobs

in insulation,

energy

efficiency, renewable

energy, and

adapting

buildings.

• H

elp

businesses

to

adapt to

clim

ate

change.

Housing

• Ensure

all social housing

stock

achieves

maximum

practicable

energy

efficiency

by

2020.

• M

aximise

opportunities

for

retrofitting

during

refurbishments

of

housing

stock.

• Through

Tees

Valley

Unlim

ited,

investigate

options

for introducing

district heating

in the

Tees

Valley.

We

will

investigate

how

best to

promote

low

carbon

cooling

technology

to

vulnerable

residents.

Transport

• Prioritise

improving

public

and

sustainable

transport

in local

transport

planning, and

increase

the

provision

of facilities

for cyclists

throughout the

Tees

Valley.

• D

evelop

travel plans

to

influence

people's

travel behaviour towards

more

active

and

sustainable

options

such

as

walking, cycling

and

the

use

of public

transport

Other

• In

order to

account for future

clim

ate

change

impacts

on

tourism

in the

Tees

Valley, there

may

be

a need

to

assess

the

future

planning

requirements

needed

for caravan

and

camping

parks. Low

volume

sites

are

not currently

subject to

planning

perm

ission

owing

to

their

temporary

nature. S

ites

placed

near

watercourses

may

be

highly

vulnerable

to

flooding

impacts.

• Physical adaptation

[of heritage

assets

may

be

required

to

supplement m

anagement changes.

Physical adaptation

is likely

to

introduce

a visible

change

for

example, increasing

the

size

and

number of gutters, hoppers

and

down

pipes

to

cope

with

the

projected

increased

in rainfall,

will

become

necessary.

• G

o beyond

minimum

requirements

to

integrate

renewables

in new

developments

where

feasible, and

will

consider how

building

design

can

be

optimised

to reduce

emissions

as

well as

adapt to

clim

ate

change.

Wind

Farm

Development and

Landscape

Capacity

Studies: East

Durham

Limestone

and

Tees

Plain,

ARUP

2008

(&

Addendum, 2009)

The

original report

charactersd

two

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021)

(L2)

A low

carbon

borough

that is

tackling

clim

ate

change

is one

of

the

work

strands

of Darlington’s

SCS. A

s a

result Darlington

Partnership

produced

a clim

ate

change

strategy

that dovetails

with

the

Tees

Valley

Clim

ate

Change

Strategy

and

aims

to:

•

Reduce

Darlington’s

contribution

to clim

ate

change

and

to

minimise

the

adverse

impacts

of clim

ate

change

on

Darlington’s

community

•

reduce

fuel poverty

in

Darlington

ensuring

that

people

have

access

to

affordable

warm

th through

efficient housing, heating

systems

and

appliances

•

Develop

supportive

renewable

energy

policies

•

Promote

energy

efficient

transport

modes

•

Adapt to

clim

ate

change

by

modifying

where

necessary

buildings, settlements,

livelihoods

and

lifestyles

to

cope

with

unpredictable,

varied

and

potentially

extreme

weather

Darlington

Borough

Council

–

Corporate

Plan

2009­2013

(L3a)

Contribute

to

making

Darlington

sustainable

through

design, layout

and

location

of new

development.

Sustainable

Energy

Action

Plan

(2010)

Outlines

how

the

Council will

achieve

a reduction

in greenhouse

gas

emissions

of 20%

by

2020.

Uses

the

Baseline

Emissions

Inventory

to

identify

actions

to

deliver a

20%

reduction, including

among

others:

• P

otential for domestic

ground

source

heat pumps

• C

ouncil to

encourage

residents

to

install new

double

glazing

• C

ouncil to

encourage

installation

of domestic

solar

therm

al and

solar PV

in new

developments

and

retrofits

through

the

LDF.

• LDF

to

encourage, in

appropriate

locations,

commercial scale

renewable

energy

developments, such

as

combined

heat and

power,

district heating/cooling

schemes

and

wind

energy.

reducing

the

energy

demand

and

greenhouse

gas

emissions

of development through

sustainable

locations, and

making

use

of resources

tied

up

in

the

existing

bult

fabric. .

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

consider the

potential for onsite

and

decentralised

renewable

and/or

low

carbon

energy

supply

Should

include

policies

to

encourage

solar therm

al and

solar PV

in new

developments

and

retrofits, and

potentially

also

ground

source

heat pumps,

double

glazing, CHP, district

heating/cooling

and

wind

energy.

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

enable

communities

to

take

action

on

clim

ate

change

(reduction

of car

use

by

walking/cycling

etc)

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

consider

adaptability

to clim

ate

change

–

for example

likelihood

of flooding

of site. E

specially, long

lived

assets

and

caravan

parks/campsites

should

be

located

so

as

to

avoid

flood

risk

and

excessive

water use.

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

protect

greenhouse

gas

sinks

and

green

infrastructure

MPAGDPD

to deliver patterns

of

growth

that help

secure

the

fullest possible

use

of

sustainable

transport.

Recognise

the

importance

of

agriculture, urban

green

space,

and

ecological networks

in

clim

ate

change

adaptation

Allow

for changes

to

rivers

Promote

the

adaptation

of

building

stock

to

a changing

clim

ate, including

by

water

efficiency

measures, S

UDS,

allowance

for hotter weather and

flood

resilience

measures.

Manage

an

increasing

volume

of

energy

efficiency

improvements

arising

from

the

Green

Deal and

potential new

rules

for private

landlords.

impact on

clim

ate

change

i.e:

Proximity

to other

facilities

and

services

Ability

to access

by

walking, cycling

and

public

transport

Potential to

be

connected

to renewable

energy

or low

carbon

sources

Increase/reduction

of

green

infrastructure

Flood

risk

/ other risk

of

potential site

Inclusion

of policies

to

encourage

domestic

solar power,

and

potentially

also

ground

source

heat pumps,

double

glazing, CHP,

district heating/cooling

and

wind

energy.

Include

criteria

of

whether a

policy

will

assist the

installation

of

domestic

and

neighbourhood­scale

renewables, clim

ate

adapted

design,

rainwater harvesting

and

energy

efficiency

measures.

Include

criteria

for

protecting

ecological

networks, urban

green

space, and

high

grade

agricultural land

Include

criterion

for

enabling

natural river

change

and

flood

management m

easures

When

allowing

for visual

impact of renewable

energy

policy, take

into

account in

combination

impacts

with

developments

in

adjacent LPAs.

5

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Energy

Bill (2010)

Part

1: E

nergy

efficiency. Improving

energy

efficiency

by

tackling

barriers

to

investm

ent

through

the

Green

Deal and

measures

to

maximise

its

uptake; new

Energy

Company

Obligation

from

2012

to underpin

the

Green

Deal;

making

energy

perform

ance

data

from

Energy

Perform

ance

Certificates

more

widely

available; extending

powers

to

direct the

roll out

of smart

meters;

The

Bill

would

give

the

SoS

powers

to

make

regulations

governing

the

private

rented

sector,

under which

domestic

landlords

would

be

required

to

honour reasonable

requests

from

tenants

for energy

efficiency

improvements, w

here

a specified

financial support

package

is available.

The

Secretary

of S

tate

could

also

require

local authorities

to

insist that landlords

improve

the

worst perform

ing

homes, again

where

a financial package

is available.

•

Ensure

that energy

generation, efficiency

and

affordability

take

account of environmental issues

in

the

development of policy

and

strategies.

North

East Climate

Change

Adaptation

Plan

(2008)

(R5)

Analyses

the

likely

effects

of clim

ate

change

on

the

region

oand

its

sub­regions, and

how

these

can

be

mitigated

through

adaptation. F

or example, planning

can

contribute

by

the

use

of existing

legislation

to

discourage

development in

inappropriate

locations, by

relocating

assets

from

at­risk

areas, and

by

identifying

preferential locations

or alignments

of buildings

to

minimise

future

clim

ate­related

risks.

North

East Climate

Change

Action

Plan

(2008) (R6)

A region

wide

action

plan

including

proposed

actions

on

mitigation, adaptation

and

economic

aspects

of

clim

ate

change, w

ith

potential actors

and

timescales

identified.

Warm

Up

North

programme

(2013­16)

Local m

eans

of delivering

the

Green

Deal.

Funding

for

energy

efficiency

improvements

to

any

domestic

or

public

building

in the

Borough.

areas

in the

Borough:

Barm

pton/Brafferton/Great S

tainton

area­Rated

as

one

of the

two

most

suitable

zones

in the

study

area

for

windfarm

development,

but perform

ing

badly

for visisbility.

Sadberge/Bishopton

area­Rated

as

of

medium

potential for windfarm

development (i.e. possible

potential for

limited

development).

The

addendum

analysed

the

combined

effect that windfarm

s in

different locations

would

have,

concluding

that a

combination

of

development at M

oor House

and

Newbiggin

would

have

possibly

unacceptable

effects

on

Sadberge.

Darlington

Decentralised

and

Renewable

or Low

Carbon

Study, Entec

2009

(&

Update

2010)

Identifies

general areas

with

potential for renewable

energy

development.

Recommends

a requirement of

10%

renewable/low

carbon

energy

supply

for most developments

and

20%

on

strategic

sites, or requiring

developers

to

link

into

community

heating

networks, or both.

Identifies

likely

growth

in

community

heating

networks

and

similar schemes

Policies

on

the

amenity

effects

of renewable

energy

schemes

should

include

consideration

of

visual impact and

the

in­

combination

impacts

of different

developments, including

those

in

adjacent boroughs.

Needs

to

be

able

to deal w

ith

expected

growth

in

neighbourhood

scale

renewable

and

low

carbon

generating

facilities.

Allow

for local communities

to

influence

and

take

action

on

clim

ate

change

e.g. through

consultation

ENVIRONMENTAL

PROTECTION

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

United

Nations

Framework

Convention

on

Climate

Change

(1992),

including

the

Kyoto

Protocol (2005)

(I2)

As

reviewed

in Clim

ate

Change

and

Energy.

Relates

to

air

quality

Air

Quality

Directive

(08/50/EC) 2008

(E4)

This

Directive

consolidates

existing

legislation

and

establishes

objectives

for ambient air

quality, designed

to avoid,

prevent or reduce

harm

ful

effects

on

human

health

and

the

environment.

Also

aims

to

maintain

air

quality

where

it is

good.

Water Framework

Directive

(2000/60/EC)

(2000) (E5)

Requires

all inland

and

coastal w

ater bodies

to

obtain

‘good

ecological

and

chemical status

by

2015.

Objectives

to:

•

Prevent deterioration

of aquatic

The

Air

Quality

Strategy

for England, Scotland, W

ales

and

Northern

Ireland

(2007) (N16)

The

Strategy

sets

objectives

for eleven

main

air

pollutants

to

protect human

health. E

nsures

ambient air

quality

poses

no

risk

to

human

health

in public

places

and

does

not have

a detrimental effect on

quality

of life.

Pollutants

include:

Particles

PM

10, Particles

PM

2.5, Nitrogen

dioxide, Nitrogen

oxides, Ozone, Sulphur dioxide, P

olycyclic

aromatic

hydrocarbons, B

enzene, 1,3

butadiene, Carbon

monoxide

and

Lead

The

Water Act (2003) (N17)

All public

bodies

will

need

to

consider how

to conserve

water supplied

to

premises. T

arget to

achieve

sustainable

water resources

management by

2012.

Future

Water:

The

Government’s

Water Strategy

for England

(2008) (N18)

States

that w

e need

to

find

ways

of using

water much

more

efficiently

and

sustainably

if we

are

to

continue

to

enjoy

high

standards

and

constant supply.

�Relevant suggestions

for the

LDF

and

SA

framework

include:

•

Reducing

water demand

through

better building

design

•

Increased

use

of rainwater harvesting

to

reduce

reliance

on

public

water supply

•

Investigate

achieving

water neutrality

where

the

total w

ater used

after a

new

development is

no

more

than

that used

before.

•

Prevent pollution

problems

arising

in the

first place

•

Manage

surface

water so

that it can

either be

reused

(through

rainwater harvesting) or by

allowing

it to

perm

eate

naturally

(through

sustainable

drainage

systems)

Making

Space

for Water:

Taking

forward

a new

Government Strategy

for flood

and

coastal erosion

risk

management in

England

(2005) (N14)

The

aim

of the

strategy

is to

manage

the

risks

of flooding

and

coastal erosion

across

England

by

employing

an

integrated

portfolio

of approaches

which

reflect both

national and

local priorities, so

as

to:

• Reduce

the

threat to

people

and

their

property

• Deliver the

greatest environmental, social and

economic

benefit,

consistent w

ith

the

Government’s

sustainable

development principles

To

deliver the

strategy’s

aim

the

Government has

established

a wide­ranging

programme

of action, centred

around:

• A

more

holistic

approach

North

East

Strategy

for the

Environment (2008)

(R:es2)

Objective

to:

Ensure

the

region’s

atm

osphere

maintains

its

current

high

standards

with

no

future

degradation

in term

s

of air

quality, light

pollution

and

tranquillity

Objective

to:

Protect and

improve

ground, river and

water quality

in

the

region,

ensuring

that water

quality

and

quantity

are

considered

in all

developments

and

managed

in a

sustainable

and

integrated

manner.

Objective

to:

Protect and

improve

the

quality

of

regional land

resources

to

ensure

that land

is used

in a

sustainable

and

innovative

manner.

Environment Agency: River Basin

Management

Plan, Northumbria

River Basin

District (2009) (SR5)

The

plan

encourages:

•

Proactive

implementation

of sustainable

drainage

systems

to

reduce

flood

risk

and

urban

pollution

of surface

waters

during

periods

of high

rainfall

•

Water efficiency

in new

developments

•

Habitat creation

and

river restoration

to

minimise

flood

risk

•

Inclusion

of policies

for water neutrality

for new

developments

Environment Agency: The

Tees

Catchment

Abstraction

Management Strategy

(2008) (SR6)

Target for the

Skerne

Water Resource

Management

Unit

to

change

its

status

from

‘Water Available’ to

‘No

Water Available

by

2014. No

water will

be

available

for

further licensing

at low

flows

but w

ater may

be

available

at higher flows

with

appropriate

restrictions.

Currently, water is

available

at low

flows

with

an

abstraction

limit of 3.8

mega

litres

a day

all year.

Once

the

‘No

Water Available’ status

has

been

reached

the

abstraction

will

be

reduced

to 3.6

mega

litres

for 346

days

a year.

Environment Agency: The

Wear Catchment

Abstraction

Management Strategy

(2006) (SR7)

The

strategy

for the

Magnesian

Limestone

GWMU

is

to m

ove

towards

no

water available

in 2012.

Abstractions

in and

around

the

area

of the

Hell Kettles

SSSI are

constrained

by

conditions

linked

to the

chemistry

in the

ponds. A

bstracted

quantities

will

be

controlled

if the

water chemistry

of the

ponds

changes

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington:

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021)

(L1b)

Promotes

general resource

efficiency

through

reuse

and

recycling

and

building

and

lifestyle

adaptations. T

he

MPAGDPD

should

support

this

theme.

A Greener,

cleaner Darlington

is

one

of the

work

strands

of the

SCS. T

his

work

strands

aims

to

ensure

that:

“an

attractive, liveable

environment is

available

to all

residents, and

especially

people

living

in deprived

areas;

managing

and

reducing

pollution

of land, w

ater,

air

or

noise.”

Darlington

Borough

Council

Strategic

Flood

Risk

Assessment Level 1

(2009)

and

Level 2

(2010)(SR9)

Analyses

flood

risk

in the

borough

as

a whole

and

in more

detail on

suggested

development sites. Identifies

different types

of flood

zones

throughout the

borough, based

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

maintain

and

improve

air

quality

– for example

through

sustainable

locations

that reduce

the

need

to

travel.

Focus

development on

the

town

centre.

Manage

surface

water through

the

use

of sustainable

drainage

systems

(SUDS) to

reduce

the

volume

and

rate

of surface

water

run

off

and

the

risk

of flooding,

reduce

run­off

pollution

and

avoid

depleting

groundwater

Pollution

control policies

to

prevent the

pollution

of air, land

and

watercourses/groundwater.

Take

full account of flood

risk

and

ensure

that the

location

of

new

development and

infrastructure

does

not cause

environmental protection

problems

(for example

overflow

of sewerage

systems) during

flood

events

Ensure

that adequate

water,

waste

water and

sewerage

infrastructure

exists

or can

be

provided

appropriate

to

the

scale

and

type

of development.

Lack

of adequate

Appraisal of locations

and

allocations

to

consider their

effects

on

air

quality, w

ater,

flooding, land

and

noise

against the

SA

framework.

Include

the

considerations

in the

Level 1

SFRA

Table

1.2

as

indicators

in the

Sustainability

Framework.

Include

the

development

management

recommendations

of the

SFRA

as

indicators

in

the

Sustainability

Framework.

Include

criterion

for

enabling

natural river

change

and

flood

management m

easures

Include

criterion

of

whether a

policy

will

assist the

installation

of

domestic

and

neighbourhood­scale

renewables, clim

ate

adapted

design,

rainwater harvesting

6

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

       

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

 

  

  

      

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

                     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

ecosystems

and

associated

wetlands

•

Promote

sustainable

use

of w

ater

•

Reduce

pollution

of

water

Groundwater Directive

(80/68/EC) (1980) &

Groundwater Daughter

Directive

(06/118/EC)

2006

(E6)

Aims

to

protect

groundwater from

pollution

by

controlling

discharges

and

disposals

of certain

dangerous

substances

(nitrates

in particular)

to

groundwater.

Soil

Thematic

Strategy

(COM

(2006) 231)

(E7)The

overall objective

of the

Soil Thematic

Strategy

is to

the

protection

and

sustainable

use

of soil,

based

on

the

following

guiding

principles:

•

preventing

further soil

degradation

and

preserving

its

functions;

•

restoring

degraded

soils

to

a level of

functionality

consistent at least

with

current and

intended

use,

considering

the

cost

implications

of the

restoration

of soil.

Environmental Noise

Directive

(2002/49/EC)

(E8)

Aims

to:

Monitor the

environmental

noise

problem; by

requiring

competent

authorities

in Member

States

to

draw

up

"strategic

noise

maps" for

major roads, railw

ays,

airports

and

agglomerations, using

harm

onised

noise

indicators

Address

local noise

issues

by

requiring

competent

authorities

to

draw

up

• Better management of risk

• Land­use

planning

• Rural issues

• Integrated

urban

drainage

management

Flood

and

Water Management Act 2010

Defines

the

lead

local flood

authority

for an

area

as

the

unitary

authority

or the

county

council.

Requires

the

relevant authorities

to co­operate

with

each

other in

exercising

functions

under the

Act.

Requires

a lead

local flood

authority

to

develop, m

aintain, apply

and

monitor a

strategy

for local flood

risk

management in

its

area, consistent with

the

national

strategy..

The

lead

local flood

authority

will

be

responsible

for ensuring

the

strategy

is put in

place

but the

local

partners

can

agree

how

to develop

it in

the

way

that suits

them

best.

The

Act sets

out the

minimum

that a

local

strategy

must contain, and

the

lead

local flood

authority

is required

to consult

on

the

strategy

with

risk

management authorities

(i.e. the

EA, highways

authorities, water companies

etc) and

the

public. Local

authorities

will

need

to

consider the

full range

of m

easures

consistent with

a risk

management approach

in

developing

their

local flood

risk

strategy. Resilience

and

other approaches

which

minimise

the

impact of

flooding

are

expected

to

be

a key

aspect of the

measures

proposed.

Lead

local flood

authorities

must also:

• investigate

flooding

incidents

in its

area

(where

appropriate

or necessary) to

identify

which

authorities

have

relevant flood

risk

management functions

and

what they

have

done

or intend

to

do. T

he

lead

local flood

authority

will

then

be

required

to

publish

the

results

of any

investigation, and

notify

any

relevant authorities.

• maintain

a register of structures

or features

which

they

consider have

a significant effect on

flood

risk

in their

area, at a

minimum

recording

ownership

and

state

of repair. T

he

register must be

available

for inspection

and

the

Secretary

of S

tate

will

be

able

to m

ake

regulations

about the

content of the

register and

records.

Provides

the

lead

local flood

authority

with

powers

to

do

works

to

manage

flood

risk

from

surface

runoff

and

groundwater.

Establishes

a SuDS

Approving

Body

(the

“SAB”)

at county

or unitary

local authority

levels. The

SAB

would

have

responsibility

for the

approval of proposed

drainage

systems

in new

developments

and

redevelopments,

subject to

exemptions

and

thresholds. A

pproval m

ust be

given

before

the

developer can

commence

construction.

In order to

be

approved, the

proposed

drainage

system

would

have

to m

eet new

national standards

for

sustainable

drainage.

The

SuDS

Approving

Body

(SAB) would

also

be

responsible

for adopting

and

maintaining

SuDS

which

serve

more

than

one

property, where

they

have

been

approved.

The

SAB

will

also

be

required

to

place

all approved

sustainable

drainage

systems

on

the

register of structures

and

features

(as

a separate

category).

Local authorities

will

be

able

to use

all their

norm

al powers

(including

in planning) to

support

their

new

roles

under the

Act.

Environment Agency: Groundwater Protection­Policy

and

Practice

(documents

1­4) (2009) (N15)

Part

1 sets

out C

ore

Policy

and

describes

our aims

and

objectives

for groundwater for policy

makers, planners

and

the

public

at large.

Part

2 introduces

basic

groundwater concepts, and

the

principles

of

management,

monitoring

and

risk

assessment that are

used

in groundwater protection, primarily

for a

technically

aware

but non­specialist audience.

The

Tools

described

in Part

3 are

those

used

by

hydrogeological specialists

in the

assessment and

management of groundwater issues.

Detailed

policies

for different sectors

and

activities

are

set out in

Part

4.

The

Code

for Sustainable

Homes: Setting

the

standard

in sustainability

for new

homes

(2008)

Sets

standards

for sustainable

residential construction

techniques, including

taking

into

account N

Ox

emissions, surface

water runoff, and

the

environmental impact of construction

materials

Environment Agency: River Tees

Catchment Flood

Management Plan

(2009) (SR8)

Darlington

has

between

500

to

1,000

properties

at risk

of a

1%

annual probability

river flood. The

main

risk

of

flooding

comes

from

the

River Skerne

through

Darlington

where

it m

eets

the

River Tees

at Croft

on

Tees. Flooding

in the

central area

of Darlington

could

significantly

affect key

transport

links. T

he

EA

has

proposed

Policy

5 –

Areas

of m

oderate

to

high

flood

risk

to

cover the

Darlington

area. A

ctions

include:

­Feasibility

study

of the

potential to

install flood

defences.

­Review

sewer and

drainage

capacity

­Re­design

culverts

along

West B

eck

­Ensure

all emergency

service

buildings, health

care

buildings

and

energy

utility

facilities

that are

at flood

risk

have

contingency

arrangements

in place

­W

ork

with

landowners

to

develop

opportunities

for

improved

floodplain

storage

where

possible

­Seek

to

influence

sustainable

land

management

techniques

to

help

to reduce

run

off

such

as

buffer

strips

or a

reduction

in drainage

Environment Agency: Tees

Catchment Flood

Management Plan

(2009) (SR10)

The

plan

includes

various

areas

in the

borough

with

different policies

to

be

applied:

•

Neasham/Yarm

area: May

be

opportunities

for

storing

water and

run­off

management.

•

Darlington/Croft

area:

•

Priority

for action

to reduce

flood

risk, potentially

including

flood

defences/review

of sewers

and

drainage.

•

Northern

area

including

Skerne

above

Barm

pton:

Continue

current m

anagement w

hile

reviewing.

Environment Agency: Wear Catchment Flood

Management Plan

(2009) (SR10)

The

plan

includes

a small parcel of land

in the

Borough

which

falls

into

the

Wear Catchment.

The

relevant section

of the

plan

states

that the

EA

will

investigate

to see

if there

are

any

changes

that could

be

made

in managing

the

land. B

y doing

this

they

will

see

if there

is an

opportunity

to

reduce

the

volume

and

speed

of runoff

water,

which

would

reduce

the

effects

of flooding.

on

PPS25, and

gives

guidance

on

the

suitable

approach

to

development for each. P

rovides

a

table

for assessing

the

indicative

acceptability

of

proposed

developments.

­11

potential development sites

looked

at in

the

study

are

at

medium

risk

of fluvial flooding.

­19

sites

are

at high

risk

of

fluvial flooding

43

of the

46

sites

are

also

at

some

risk

of surface

water

flooding. 16

sites

have

a high

vulnerability

of flooding.

Darlington

Contaminated

Land

Strategy

(2003) (L4)

Sets

out the

council’s

objectives

for dealing

with

contaminated

land

as:

1 Protect human

health

from

significant harm

2

Protect controlled

waters

from

significant harm

3

Protect animals

and

livestock

from

significant harm

4

Protect designated

ecosystems

from

significant

harm

5

Prevent damage

to property

6

Prevent further contamination

of land

7

Promote

and

encourage

voluntary

remediation

8

Encourage

the

re­use

of

brownfield

land

infrastructure/capacity

may

make

a development

unsustainable

and

undeliverable

Location

of new

development

and

allocations

to

take

account

of water abstraction

constraints.

Encourage

water efficient

development,

water neutrality

and

rainwater harvesting

through

policy

Where

possible, prioritise

development and

allocations

on

sustainably

located

brownfield

sites

to

encourage

their

remediation. Include

polies

to

encourage

restoration

of

degraded

land.

Policies

and

sites

to

protect

areas

of high

agricultural value

Location

of new

development

and

allocation

of land

to

consider cumulative

effects

on

Darlington’s

environmental noise

quality

Apply

Level 1

SFRA

Table

1.2

to

all proposed

development

allocations

Development m

anagement

policies

to

reflect the

recommendations

of the

SFRA

on

managing

flood

risk, and

to

encourage

development of flood

resilience

measures.

Enable

the

actions

stated

in the

Tees

Catchment F

lood

Management P

lan

including

works

to

flood

defences

and

water storage

MPAGDPD

production

should

be

closely

tied

to

production

of

the

local flood

risk

management

strategy.

and

energy

efficiency

measures.

Include

criterion

of

whether a

policy

focuses

development on

the

town

centre.

Include

criteria

reflecting

the

recommendations

of

the

SFRA

7

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

   

  

  

   

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

 

  

    

    

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

     

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

     

   

      

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

 

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

action

plans

to

reduce

noise

where

necessary

and

maintain

environmental noise

quality

where

it is

good.

BIODIVERSITY

AND

GEODIVERSITY

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

UN

Convention

on

Biological Diversity

(1992) (I3)

Objectives

include:

•

Conservation

of

biological

diversity

•

Sustainable

use

of biodiversity

•

Fair

and

equitable

sharing

of genetic

resources

Target to

achieve

a

significant reduction

in

biodiversity

loss

by

2010

The

Habitats

Directive

(92/43/EC)

(1992) (E9)

Aims

to:

Contribute

to

ensuring

biodiversity

through

the

conservation

of

natural habitats

and

of

wild

fauna

and

flora

of

EU

importance. A

central component of

the

directive

is the

creation

of the

Natura

2000

network

of

Special A

reas

of

Conservation

(SACs)

for threatened

species

and

habitats

The

Birds

Directive

(97/49/EC) (1997)

(E10)

Requires

the

protection

and

conservation

of bird

species

by;

• Designation

of

Special

Protection

Areas

(SPAs) for rare

or

vulnerable

species

listed

in

Annex

1

• Banning

of

deliberate

killing

or

Working

with

the

Grain

of Nature: A

biodiversity

strategy

for England

(2002) (N21)

Government vision

for:

“a

country

– its

landscapes

and

water bodies, coasts

and

seas, towns

and

cities

– where

wild

species

and

habitats

are

part

of healthy

functioning

ecosystems; w

here

we

nurture, treasure

and

enhance

our biodiversity, and

where

biodiversity

is a

natural consideration

of

policies

and

decisions, and

in society

as

a whole”.

Natural Environment and

Rural Communities

Act (2006) (N22)

Section

40

of the

Act places

a duty

on

all public

authorities

to

have

regard

to

the

purpose

of conserving

biodiversity

– The

biodiversity

duty.

Planning

Policy

Statement 9: Biodiversity

and

Geological Conservation

(2005) (N23)

Aims

to:

• Promote

sustainable

development through

the

conservation

and

enhancement of biodiversity

and

geological diversity

• Ensure

that E

ngland’s

wildlife

and

geology

are

sustained

through

conservation, enhancement and

restoration

• Contribute

to

rural renewal and

urban

renaissance

by

enhancing

biodiversity

in green

spaces

and

developments

and

ensuring

that the

value

of biodiversity

is taken

into

account

The

Code

for Sustainable

Homes: Setting

the

standard

in sustainability

for new

homes

(2008) (N15)

Sets

standards

for the

ecological value

of development sites

Wildlife

and

Countryside

Act 1981

(as

amended) (NWC)

Principle

mechanism

for the

legislative

protection

of wildlife

in Great B

ritain. A

ct m

akes

it an

offence

to:

• Intentionally

kill, injure

or take

any

wild

birds

or their

eggs

or nests

• Intentionally

kill, injure

or take, possess

or trade

in any

wild

animals

and

prohibits

interference

with

places

used

for shelter or protection

• Pick, uproot,

trade

in or posses

certain

wild

plants

The

Act:

• Includes

measures

for preventing

the

establishment of non­native

species

• Provides

for the

notification

of S

SSI’s

• Prohibits

the

undertaking

of agricultural or forestry

operations

on

land

within

National P

arks

which

has

been

either moor or heath

for 20

yrs

• Requires

authorities

to

maintain

up

to

date

definitive

maps

and

statements

for the

purposes

of clarifying

public

rights

of way

The

Countryside

and

Rights

of Way

Act 2000

(N:CROW)

•

Provides

a new

right of public

access

on

foot to

areas

of m

ountain, m

oorland, heath, downland

and

registered

common

land.

•

Provides

safeguards

which

take

into

account the

needs

of landowners, occupiers

and

wildlife

•

Improves

the

right of w

ay

legislation

by

encouraging

the

creation

of new

routes

•

Introduces

powers

enabling

the

diversion

of rights

of w

ay

to

protect S

SSI’s

•

Places

a duty

to have

regard

for the

conservation

of biodiversity

and

maintain

lists

of species

and

habitats

for which

conservation

steps

should

be

taken

•

Places

a duty

on

public

bodies

to

further the

conservation

and

enhancement of S

SSI’s

•

Requires

authorities

to

have

regard

to

the

purposes

of conserving

and

enhancing

the

natural beauty

of A

ONB’s

State

of the

Natural Environment 2008

(N:SONE)

Identifies

why

the

natural environment is

valuable

and

what aspects

are

valued

most:

landscapes

and

Geodiversity, biodiversity,

opportunities

for recreation, employment and

inspiration. Identifies

the

following

pressures

on

the

natural environment:

•

Invasive

species

and

diseases

•

Biomass

crop

production

(risks

and

opportunities)

•

Agricultural intensification

(drainage

of wetlands, demise

of m

ixed

farm

ing

schemes

etc)

•

Under management of woodlands

•

Nutrient enrichment of terrestrial and

aquatic

habitats

•

Toxic

chemicals

that enter the

environment on

a daily

basis

(pesticides, herbicides, industrial chemicals

etc)

A Biodiversity

Audit

of the

North

East (2001) (R6)

The

audit:

• determ

ines

the

contribution

the

North

East m

akes

to

the

nation’s

threatened

biodiversity;

• form

s an

interm

ediate

step

between

national

and

local

biodiversity

plans,

identifying

those

UK

priorities

relevant to

the

Region;

• identifies

species

and

habitats

that

are

not national

priorities

but

which

are

considered

to be

important at the

regional level;

North

East

Strategy

for the

Environment (2008)

(R:es3)

Objective

to

Conserve, enhance

and

manage

biodiversity

and

geodiversity

for their

own

sake

and

to

make

the

North

East

a better place.

State

of the

Environment

Report

for the

North

East (2004)

(R: SERNE)

Identifies:

• Loss

to

small

woodland

areas

less

than

2ha

• 62%

SSSI’s

in

unfavourable

condition

Tees

Valley

Green

Infrastructure

Strategy

(2008)

(SR10)

Key

aim

of the

strategy

is to

develop

by

2021

a

network

of green

corridors

and

green

spaces

that:

•

Enhances

the

quality

of place

for existing

and

future

communities

and

potential investors;

•

Provides

an

enhanced

environmental context for

new

development,

regeneration

projects

and

housing

market renewal,

and

produces

high

quality

design

and

developments;

•

Creates

and

extends

opportunities

for access,

regeneration, and

enhancement of biodiversity,

and

•

Provides

a buffer against the

effects

of clim

ate

change

Tees

Valley

Biodiversity

Action

Plan

The

aim

of the

Action

Plan

is to

provide

a series

of

structured

action

priorities

for all those

organisations

and

individuals

working

to conserve

biodiversity

in the

Tees

Valley

area. T

he

BAP

is a

living

document with

plans

produced

for individual habitats

and

species.

. BAP

habitats

in the

Town

Centre

Fringe

include:

‘Rivers

and

Streams’

Actions: A

chieve

Water Framework

Directive

target of

good

ecological potential; Support

and

encourage

the

use

of buffer strips

along

watercourses

to

improve

riparian

habitat and

water quality; Identify

opportunities

to

restore

engineered

and

culverted

watercourses,

particularly

in urban

areas. A

lso

to

prevent further deterioration

to

existing

rivers

and

streams.

Brownfield

Land

Actions: Increase

extent of early

successional open

mosaic

habitat by

carrying

out on

site.

management work..

Identify

and

protect the

most

important sites

through

Local S

ites

designation

review.

Water vole:

Ensure

existing

populations

are

protected, and

their

habitat enhanced

and

extended

through

development control and

flood

risk

operations.

GCN

Strengthen

and

expand

known

metapopulations

by

carrying

out pond

creation

and

management work

through

the

Tees

Valley

Pondscape

Project.

Harvest m

ouse

Develop

suitable

habitat links

around

current sites

to

allow

species

to

extend

range

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1c)

Expanding

the

green

network

to

improve

biodiversity

is a

work

strand

of the

SCS

Darlington

Open

Space

Strategy

(2007­2012) (L5a)

Aims

to

provide,

protect and

enhance

a

variety

of high

quality, accessible

open

and

green

spaces

throughout

the

Borough, linking

with

the

cultural and

natural heritage

of

the

area. It

recognises

the

importance

of open

spaces

to

biodiversity

particularly

the

important role

open

spaces

provide

for

opportunities

to

learn

about nature.

Darlington

Tree

and

Woodland

Strategy

(2011)

Street trees

should

be

retained

and

new

ones

planted

in

appropriate

sites.

Sets

conditions

for

works

to

TPO’d

trees

and

woodland.

We

will

impose

planning

conditions

to

protect trees

according

to BS

5837

(2005)

We

will

resist

development,

which

it

is considered

makes

inadequate

Location

of new

development and

allocations

(unless

green

infrastructure)to

avoid

areas

of high

biodiversity

value

and

to

ensure

continued

protection

of

DBAP

habitats

and

species

and

SSSI’s, and

potential

links

in ecological

networks. A

lso

policies

and

designations

to

protect

those

features.

MPAGDPD

to consider

where

biodiversity

can

be

enhanced, especially

to

develop

ecological

networks

– possibly

include

locations

on

proposals

maps

Protect,

create

and

enhance

green

infrastructure

to provide

new

or enhanced

opportunities

for

biodiversity/geodiversity

and

increase

access

to

nature

learning

opportunities. In

particular

create

species

rich

grassland, ponds

and

reedbeds, SUDS, improved

riparian

habitat,

urban

habitat networks

including

unmanaged

space,

woodland

and

wet

woodland, hedgerows.

Required

to

undergo

Habitat Regulations

Assessment.

Protect S

PAs

and

SACs

and

consider

impacts

on

habitats

that

could

be

utilised

by

Annex

1

migratory

birds

away

from

the

SPA

site.

Ensure

location

of new

developments

and

allocations

will

not restrict

the

movement of species

and

ability

for species

to

The

SA

framework

objectives

and

indicators

should

be

utilised

to

appraise

the

MPAGDPD

against the

following

criteria:

•

Conservation

and

enhancement of

natural/semi

natural habitats

and

species

•

Protection

of

designated

habitats

and

listed

species

•

Habitat

connectivity

(prevention

of

habitat

fragmentation)

Enhancement of

overall biodiversity

(creation

of habitats,

including

open

•

spaces)

•

Conservation

and

protection

of

geological

interests

•

Contact

with/understandi

ng

of biodiversity

•

Ability

for

species

to

adapt

to clim

ate

change

Include

criterion

of

protecting, enhancing

and

encouraging

the

management of

ecological networks

Make

habitat creation

criteria

more

specific

8

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

 

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

 

     

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

    

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

BIODIVERSITY

AND

GEODIVERSITY

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

capture, destruction

or removal of nests

and

eggs,

disturbance

during

breeding

or rearing

of Article

1 species

• Establishment of a

general scheme

of

protection

for all

wild

birds

•

Clim

ate

change

England

Biodiversity

Strategy: Climate

Change

Adaptation

Principles

(2008)

Identifies

direct impacts

as:

• Changes

in phenology, w

hich

may

lead

to

loss

of synchrony

between

species

• Changes

in species

abundance

and

distribution

(including

arrival and

loss

of species)

• Changes

in community

composition

• Changes

in ecosystem

processes

Principles

for adaptation

include:

1. Take

action

now

to conserve

existing

biodiversity

and

high

quality

habitats, reduce

non­clim

ate­linked

sources

of harm

, and

use

existing

biodiversity

legislation

2. Maintain

and

increase

ecological resilience

by

conserving

range

and

ecological variability

of habitats

and

species, m

aintaining

existing

ecological networks, creating

buffer zones

around

high

quality

habitats, and

taking

prompt action

to

control spread

of invasive

species

3. Accommodate

change

by

making

space

for the

natural development of rivers, establishing

ecological networks

through

habitat

restoration

and

creation, aiding

gene

flow, developing

the

capacity

of institutions

and

administrative

arrangements

to

cope

with

change

and

learn

from

experience, and

responding

to

changing

conservation

priorities.

4. Integrate

action

across

partners

and

sectors

by

integrating

adaptation

and

mitigation

measures, integrating

policy

and

practice

across

relevant economic

sectors, building

and

strengthening

partnerships

and

raising

awareness

of benefits

of the

natural environment to

society

5. Develop

knowledge

and

plan

strategically

by

undertaking

vulnerability

assessments

of biodiversity

and

associated

ecosystem

goods

and

services

without delay, undertaking

scenario

planning

and

implementing

no

regrets

actions, piloting

new

approaches

and

monitor,

identifying

potential w

in­win

solutions

and

ensure

cross­sectoral knowledge

transfer,

monitoring

actual impacts

and

research

likely

future

impacts, improving

understanding

of the

role

of biodiversity

in ecosystem

services, and

researching

knowledge

gaps

with

stakeholder

participation

Climate

change

and

biodiversity

adaptation: the

role

of the

spatial planning

system

(2009) (N16)

DPD

should

reflect C

ore

Strategy

principles

in respect to

natural environment constraints

and

minimise

impacts

upon

recognised

environmental assets. W

here

development briefs

are

presented

within

the

DPD, it m

ay

be

appropriate

to address

landscape

and

habitat

connectivity

issues

where

these

are

relevant.

Also

gives

guidance

for sustainability

appraisal, including

recognising

the

problems

caused

to biodiversity

by

clim

ate

change, and

the

need

for specific

policies

to

deal w

ith

those

problems

Conservation

of Habitats

and

Species

Regulations

(2010)

Habitat Regs

Assessment m

ust be

carried

out if the

DPD

is likely

to have

a significant effect on

a European

site.

The

LDF

must contain

policies

encouraging

the

management of features

of the

landscape

which

are

of m

ajor importance

for wild

fauna

and

flora, such

as

hedgerows, river corridors, ponds

and

small woods.

The

Natural Choice: Securing

the

value

of nature

(White

paper,

DEFRA, 2011)

•

Set up

Nature

Improvement A

reas, where

there

is an

opportunity

to restore

and

connect nature

on

a significant scale. Local

authorities

can

include

these

in their

local plans

(while

not deterring

sustainable

development).

•

Pilot the

offsetting

of biodiversity

planning

requirements

by

developers

in some

local auithorities.

•

The

Government is

committed

to providing

appropriate

protection

to

ancient woodlands

and

to more

restoration

of plantations

on

ancient woodland

sites.

•

Update

landscape

character area

profiles, to

include

inform

ation

on

the

ecosystem

goods

and

services

they

provide.

•

The

forthcoming

Water White

Paper will

consider mechanisms

to

encourage

the

retrofit of S

uDS

on

both

community

and

individual

property

scales.

• NNR’s

contribute

20%

to

the

national total of

87697ha

• Insufficient

monitoring

of

farm

land

birds

Broadleaved

mixed

lowland

woodland

Support

the

creation

of new

native

woodland

through

EWGS, and

the

restoration

to favourable

condition

of ASNW

(including

PAWS),

promoting

these

scheme

to TVBP

partner

organisations

and

other landowners.

Hedgerows

Encourage

the

planting

of new

hedgerows

in

keeping

with

local character (including

hedgerow

trees),

through

agri­environment

schemes, particularly

along

historic

boundaries

that w

ere

once

hedged.

Lowland

meadow

Designate

lowland

meadows

as

Local W

ildlife

Sites.

Ponds, lakes

and

reservoirs

Encourage

the

creation

of new

ponds

as

part

of the

landscaping

of new

developments

by

producing

and

promoting

a best practice

guide

for

planners

and

developers.

Roadside

Verges

Ensure

that all relevant habitat policy

is included

in

local planning

documents

and

supplementary

planning

guidance

where

relevant,

to

protect,

enhance

or create

new

landscape

features

of

wildlife

importance

along

transport

corridors

and

to

ensure

that ecological surveys

are

undertaken

prior

to the

determ

ination

of new

transport

schemes.

Tees

Valley

Geodiversity

Action

Plan

Targets

to

conserve

existing

geodiversity

sites

and

designate

new

ones, and

ensure

they

are

included

in

local authority

plans.

provision

for the

retention

of trees

and

other woody

plants

and

natural

features, particularly

wildlife

habitats

such

as

woodlands.

adapt to

clim

ate

change,

and

policies

protect and

enhance

varied

landscapes

through

which

species

can

move.

Location

of new

development and

allocations

to

consider how

green

infrastructure

can

be

incorporated

Encourage

agri­

environment schemes

and

farm

ing

techniques

beneficial to

farm

land

species. Policies

should

ensure

species

rich

grassland

has

infrastructure

for grazing

by

appropriate

livestock.

Take

into

account the

needs

of bats

Incorporate

model

woodland

policy

when

it

emerges.

Make

space

for the

natural

development of rivers.

Conserve

any

geodiversity

sites, existing

or future, and

make

sure

they

are

incorporated

in the

plan.

Include

policy

for the

retention

of trees, in

particular street trees, and

of woodland.

WASTE

AND

MINERALS

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

EU

Landfill

Directive

(99/31/EC) 1999

(E11)

Aims

to

deliver a

step

change

in the

Waste

Strategy

for England

(2007) (N24)

The

Governments

objectives

are

to:

• decouple

waste

growth

(in

all sectors) from

economic

growth

and

put m

ore

emphasis

on

waste

prevention

and

re­use;

• meet and

exceed

the

Landfill Directive

diversion

targets

for biodegradable

municipal w

aste

in 2010, 2013

and

2020;

• increase

diversion

from

landfill of non­m

unicipal w

aste

and

secure

better integration

of treatm

ent for municipal and

non­m

unicipal w

aste;

• secure

the

investm

ent in

infrastructure

needed

to

divert

waste

from

landfill and

for the

management of hazardous

waste; and

The

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East

(2007) (R1c)

Recognises

that

minimising

the

use

of

Consultation

on

Tees

Valley

Joint Waste

Management

Strategy

(2008) (SR11)

The

principles

of this

strategy

are:

• To

reduce

waste

generation

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1d)

Tees

Valley

Minerals

and

Waste

documents

should

provide

for the

requirements

of

development levels

The

SA

should

take

into

account the

findings

of the

SA

undertaken

on

the

Tees

Valley

Joint W

aste

Management S

trategy

and

the

Joint Minerals

and

Waste

9

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

                                                

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

   

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

way

waste

is

disposed

of and

will

help

drive

waste

up

the

hierarchy

through

waste

minimisation

and

increased

levels

of

recycling

and

recovery. Targets

are

set to:

•

Reduce

biodegradable

waste

landfilled

to

75%

of 1995

levels

by

2010

•

Reduce

biodegradable

waste

landfilled

to

50%

of 1995

levels

by

2013

•

Reduce

biodegradable

waste

landfilled

to

35%

of 1995

levels

by

2020

• get the

most environmental benefit from

that investm

ent,

through

increased

recycling

of resources

and

recovery

of energy

from

residual w

aste

using

a mix

of technologies.

Targets

include:

• recycling

and

composting

of household

waste

– at least 40%

by

2010, 45%

by

2015

and

50%

by

2020; and

• recovery

of m

unicipal w

aste

– 53%

by

2010, 67%

by

2015

and

75%

by

2020

Strategy

for Sustainable

Construction

(2008) (N25)

The

strategy

identifies

that the

construction

industry

in England

uses

around

400

million

tonnes

of m

aterials

every

year.

Around

90

million

tonnes

of CD&E

inert

waste

is produced, with

half of this

recycled

as

aggregates, including

at the

site

of production. E

stimates

suggest at least a

further 20

million

tonnes

of

non­inert

and

mixed

CD&E

waste

is also

produced

annually. A

s a

result

the

strategy

sets

a target of:

• By

2012, a

50%

reduction

of construction, demolition

and

excavation

(CD&E) waste

to landfill compared

to

2008.

Planning

Policy

Statement 10: Planning

for Sustainable

Waste

Management (2005) (N26)

The

LDF

should:

• help

deliver sustainable

development through

driving

waste

management up

the

waste

hierarchy, addressing

waste

as

a resource

and

looking

to disposal

as

the

last option, but one

which

must be

adequately

catered

for;

• provide

a framework

in which

communities

take

more

responsibility

for their

own

waste, and

enable

sufficient and

timely

provision

of waste

management

facilities

to

meet the

needs

of their

communities;

• reflect the

concerns

and

interests

of communities, the

needs

of waste

collection

authorities, waste

disposal authorities

and

business, and

encourage

competitiveness;

• protect green

belts

but recognise

the

particular locational needs

of some

types

of w

aste

management facilities

when

defining

detailed

green

belt

boundaries

and, in

determ

ining

planning

applications, that these

locational needs, together with

the

wider environmental and

economic

benefits

of

sustainable

waste

management,

are

material considerations

that should

be

given

significant w

eight in

determ

ining

whether proposals

should

be

given

planning

perm

ission;

• ensure

the

design

and

layout of new

development supports

sustainable

waste

management.

Minerals

Planning

Statement 1: Planning

and

Minerals

(2006) (N27)

Sets

out the

importance

of m

inerals

in enabling

the

creation

and

development of sustainable

communities

and

the

overall aim

to:

• ensure, so

far as

practicable, the

prudent,

efficient and

sustainable

use

of m

inerals

and

recycling

of suitable

materials, thereby

minimising

the

requirement

for new

primary

extraction

The

Code

for Sustainable

Homes: Setting

the

standard

in sustainability

for new

homes

(2008)

Sets

standards

for incorporating

waste

management m

easures

in new

homes

National and

Regional Guidelines

for Aggregates

Provision

2001­2016

(N:agg)

Specifies

the

aggregate

provision

for the

north

East for a

sixteen

year period

as

follows:

• Land

won

sand

and

gravel –

20

tonnes

• Land

won

crushed

rock

– 119

tonnes

• Marine

sand

and

gravel –

9 tonnes

• Alternative

materials

­76

tonnes

The

figures

reflect an

overall fall in

national demand

for aggregates

and

a substantial increase

in use

of alternatives

to

primary

aggregates, notably

construction

and

demolition

waste.

Until revised

guidelines

for the

period

2005–2020

are

adopted

form

ally

the

2001–2016

Guidelines

for Aggregates

Provision

in England

remain

extant and

must continue

to be

used

by

the

relevant authorities

in the

plan

preparation

process.

our resources

is

fundamental to

the

pursuit

of sustainable

development in

our

region. Must ensure

that all individuals

and

organisations

are

prudent and

ethical in

their

use

of m

aterial

resources, m

inimising

consumption,

increasing

efficiency

and

using

renewable

rather than

non­

renewable

resources

where

possible.

North

East Strategy

for the

Environment

(2008) (R:es4)

Objectives

to:

Ensure

that

opportunities

to

implement the

principles

of

sustainable

consumption

are

identified

and

delivered

throughout

the

region.

Manage

the

region’s

waste

in an

efficient

and

sustainable

manner,

emphasising

waste

reduction

and

maximising

opportunities

to

use

waste

as

a resource

through

re­use,

recycling

and

energy

recovery.

• To

be

achievable

and

affordable

• To

work

towards

zero

Landfill

• To

minimise

the

impact on

clim

ate

change

• To

have

an

accountable

and

deliverable

structure

• To

contribute

towards

economic

regeneration

Joint Minerals

and

Waste

Development Plan

Documents

for the

Tees

Valley

(2011) (SR12)

New

development in

the

Tees

Valley

including

new

houses,

shops, industry, offices

and

community

buildings

will

require

minerals

for

construction

purposes

and

for

use

in industrial processes.

These

new

developments

will

also

produce

waste

which,

along

with

the

waste

from

existing

developments, needs

to

be

managed.

Planning

policies

are

therefore

required

to

ensure:

• that sufficient quantities

of

minerals

are

available

at the

right time;

• that the

waste

generated

is

dealt

with

in a

sustainable

way

which

reduces

the

use

of landfill;

and

that the

• environment and

amenity

of

residents

in the

Tees

Valley

is

safeguarded

Reducing

waste

generation

and

increasing

the

re­

use

and

recycling

of

waste

is a

long

term

outcome

of the

SCS.

identified

in the

Core

Strategy.

Development P

lan

Documents.

The

SA

should

take

into

account the

impact of

developments

proposed

through

the

Tees

Valley

Joint

Waste

and

Minerals

Development P

lan

Documents. W

hilst those

documents

do

not m

ake

any

specific

proposals

for sites

in

Darlington

borough, they

do

include

policies

that cover the

Borough, and

also

the

development of sites

around

the

Tees

estuary

and

in

Hartlepool is

likely

to have

an

impact on

the

capacity

of

Darlington’s

road

and

railw

ay

network.

ECONOMY

AND

EMPLOYMENT

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

Lisbon

Strategy:

Towards

a Europe

of Innovation

and

Knowledge

(2000)

(E12)

Recognises

the

weaknesses

of the

European

labour

market as:

•

insufficient

number of jobs

Planning

Policy

Statement 4:

Planning

and

economic

growth

(2009)

Seeks

to

deliver

sustainable

economic

growth

by:

•

Building

prosperous

communities

through

improving

the

The

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East (2007) (R1d)

States

that the

NE

region

is im

proving

its

economic

perform

ance

but is

still

the

lowest perform

ing

region

in term

s

of economic

wealth

in England.

Defines

Sustainable

as

“economic

growth

that can

be

sustained

and

is

within

environmental limits

but also

enhances

the

environment and

social

welfare

and

avoids

greater extremes

in

future

economic

cycles”.

Tees

Valley

Economic

and

Regeneration

Statement of Ambition

(2010)

Ambitions

include:

Drive

the

Transition

to the

High

Value

Low

Carbon

Economy

Including

by

Pioneering

the

use

of resource

recovery

Continuing

the

process

of business

support, developing

clusters

and

local supply

chains

Developing

a skills

package

Refine

the

strategic

planning

industrial framework

to

demonstrate

a

localised

and

accountable

application

of National P

olicy

Statements

for

developments

in the

Tees

Valley

that are

important to

the

national economy.

Develop

a fast track

planning

process

by

working

pro­actively

with

e.g. the

HA, E

A, NE

and

the

HSE

to

agree

protocols

with

each

to reduce

existing

delays

in the

planning

process;

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1e)

Prosperous

Darlington

is one

of

the

five

delivery

themes

of the

SCS. T

he

work

strands

under

this

theme

include:

• Quality

of life

– focuses

on

promoting

arts, leisure

and

cultural development,

regenerating

the

town

fringe,

attracting

high

profile

companies, enhanced

transport

choice

and

accessibility

and

maintaining

an

attractive

green

environment

• Employment O

pportunities

– im

prove

the

range

of high

quality

premises

available, increase

employment

MGP

DPD

to identify

sufficient land

for employment purposes

Location

of new

development sites

and

land

allocations

to

positively

contribute

to promoting

the

vitality

and

viability

of the

town

centre

Prioritise

mixed

use

sites

within

the

town

centre

/ town

centre

fringe

Location

of new

development sites

and

land

allocations

to

contribute

to

Appraise

the

locations

for

development against

economic

criteria

relating

to:

Meeting

need

for

employment land

Whether the

location

of the

development

will

detract or

improve

the

viability

of the

town

centre

or

10

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

     

  

 

 

   

  

 

  

   

  

     

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

    

   

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

ECONOMY

AND

EMPLOYMENT

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

being

created

in

the

services

sector,

even

though

this

is

by

far the

most

important in

term

s of

employment;

•

a high

rate

of

long­term

unemployment;

•

labour supply

does

not m

atch

demand

•

a shortage

of

women

participating

in

the

labour

market;

•

European

demographic

trends, in

particular an

ageing

population.

economic

perform

ance

of

cities

and

towns;

•

Reducing

the

gap

in

economic

growth

rates

between

regions,

promoting

regeneration

and

tackling

deprivation;

•

Delivering

more

sustainable

patterns

of

development;

•

Promoting

the

vitality

and

viability

of town

and

other

centers

as

important

places

for

people; and

•

Raising

the

quality

of life

and

the

environment in

rural areas

by

promoting

thieving,

inclusive

and

locally

distinctive

rural

communities

whilst

continuing

to

protect open

countryside

for

the

benefit of

all.

Leading

the

Way: Regional

Economic

Strategy

(2006) (R7)

Aims

to

ensure

sustainable, economic

growth

by:

• Promoting

participation

and

economic

inclusion

through

activity

to

help

people

to contribute

to and

benefit from

economic

growth

• Developing, preserving

and

promoting

a healthy

and

vibrant

cultural clim

ate

that will

facilitate

improved

economic

perform

ance

• Driving

economic

growth

through

innovation, skills, investment,

enterprise

and

competition

• Promoting

the

reduction

of adverse

environmental impact in

pursuit

of

economic

development

The

North

East Rural Action

Plan

(2002) (R9)

Sets

out ten

priority

areas

in which

action

needs

to

be

taken

to

bring

about a

revival in

the

Region’s

rural

economy. T

hese

are:

• the

need

for a

co­ordinated

approach

to

the

development of a

regionally­embedded

food

chain

• influencing

National and

EU

rural

policy

• the

development of tourism

and

culture

• building

a diversified

rural economy

• planning

authorities’ development

plans

need

to include

policies

that

promote

sustainable

development

• investing

in m

arket towns

and

local

service

centres

• making

the

most of inform

ation

communication

technology

• recognise

the

time

needed

to

build

effective

capacity

in communities

and

‘rural proof’

regeneration

programmes

• integrate

rural transport

• develop

new

ways

of working

in the

rural context

Moving

Forward: The

Northern

Way

Growth

Strategy

(2004) (RN)

Sets

an

agenda

for bridging

the

£29

billion

output gap

between

the

North

and

the

rest of the

UK. Sets

the

following

vision:

“Together,

we

will establish

the

North

of England

as

an

area

of

exceptional opportunity

combining

a

world­class

economy

with

a

superb

quality

of life.”

City

regions

are

considered

key

to

any

Pursue

strategic

land

acquisitions

Im

proving

the

capacity

of the

rail network

Investing

in innovative

delivery

vehicles

to

bring

forward

development land,

upgrade

utilities, run

steam

and

heat networks

and

remove

barriers

to

investm

ent such

as

infrastructure

and

Government policy.

Ambition

2: C

reate

a More

Diversified

and

Inclusive

Economy

by

promoting

growth

in the

service

and

retail sector,

digital and

creative

industries, healthcare, the

relocation

of government departments

(especially

to

Darlington),

financial and

business

services,

logistics, the

visitor economy, and

manufacturing

and

engineering

(the

strengths

of D

arlington

companies

in

this

field

are

highlighted

elsewhere

in the

report);

create

an

office

and

industrial property

market

independent of the

public

sector;

and

generate

graduate

and

spin­off

businesses.

continue

to develop

our quality

of place

so

that it appeals

to

prospective

workers, residents

and

visitors.

Specifically

refers

to

Darlington:

Darlington

Town

Centre, Central P

ark

and

the

Town

Centre

Fringe

­we

will

continue

to promote

Darlington

as

the

gateway

to

the

Tees

Valley

and

one

of our

main

centres, emphasising

its

history

as

a market town

with

independent shops,

and

the

ambience

this

creates; Darlington's

mainline

(both

road

and

rail)

location

characteristics

provide

a competitive

location

for advanced

engineering, and

business

and

professional services

firms;

We

also

recognise

the

needs

of the

communities

outside

the

urban

areas

where

business

incubation

space

and

connectivity

will

be

vital to

encourage

increased

entrepreneurship.

We

will

ensure

that the

range

of housing

available

caters

for the

spectrum

of needs

and

aspirations, not

least by

providing

for households

identified

as

being

fundamental to

Tees

Valley's

future

economy.

Increase

current levels

of housing

growth, ensuring

that enough

land, in

the

right locations, is

available

for developers

to

meet current and

future

demand

for

owner­occupied

housing;

Bring

the

privately

rented

stock

up

to a

decent standard;

Increase

the

supply

of affordable

housing, including

using

our empty

homes

and

enabling

more

households

to

become

owner occupiers

through

"interm

ediate

tenure" schemes;

All new

housing

should

be

sustainable

in term

s of energy

demand, use

of m

aterials,

method

of construction, consumption

and

disposal of water,

and

quality

of design, so

that they

add

to

the

overall stock

and

add

to

the

sense

of place

without adversely

affecting

the

environment.

Continue

to

promote

our coastal and

rural assets

Actively

promote

nature­based

and

outdoor activities

and

heritage

and

innovation;

It will

be

important to

ensure

that economic

perform

ance

is underpinned

by

resilience, w

hich, from

an

environmental perspective

relates

to clim

ate

change. T

his

entails

understanding

the

risks, planning

for

impacts

(such

as

enhanced

flood

protection),

seeking

to ensure

the

continuity

of key

services, and

business

contingency

planning.

Continue

to

invest in

our bus

network

alongside

the

20

or so

routes

that will

benefit from

significant investment in

the

coming

years, examining

cost effective

ways

to

provide

linkages

to

the

core

commercial routes

that w

ill benefit from

investm

ent in

the

next five

years, and

developing

an

integrated

smart

ticketing

system

alongside

other partners

in the

North

East.

Tees

Valley

Investment Plan

(Draft) (2010)

Priorities

for creating

a low

carbon

economy

include:

• supporting

further growth

of the

chemicals

and

petrochemicals

sectors;

• developing

the

offshore

wind

and

nuclear sectors

and

a large

scale

carbon

capture

and

storage

network;

• develop

existing

expertise

in advanced

engineering

and

materials, including

identifiying

opportunities

for that sector to

benefit from

development of energy

projects;

• deliver the

infrastructure

for large

scale, low

carbon

industrial investm

ent,

including

strategic

site

assembly

and

transport

investment;

• build

necessary

skills

through

apprenticeships

and

training.

Priorities

for creating

a diversified

and

low

carbon

economy

include:

• strengthening

the

research, innovation

and

enterprise

capacity

of our Universities, C

olleges

and

other

key

innovation

institutions

• reduce

barriers

to

enterprise

and

private

sector investment in

the

digital and

creative

industries;

opportunities

and

attract higher paid

jobs

• Accessible

Darlington

– maintain

and

enhance

Darlington’s

accessibility

by

rail,

air

and

road

and

promote

the

use

of ICT

and

broadband

technologies

to

reduce

the

need

to

travel

• Growing

Skills

– get the

right skills

available

in Darlington

to

support

the

growth

of high

value

companies

• Sharing

Prosperity

• Diversity

of O

pportunity

– the

local economy

provides

enough

opportunity

for people

to want to

stay

in

Darlington

• Distinctive

Darlington

– Create

a clear and

consistent

identity

for Darlington

Darlington

Gateway

Strategy

(2006) (L7)

Darlington

has

been

identified

as

a Gateway

to

the

Tees

Valley

that if capitalised

upon

can

generate

economic

and

development activity. T

he

Darlington

Gateway

aims

to

build

on

the

success

already

achieved

by

logistics

and

office

based

employment as

a result of both

its

unique

location

on

the

A1(M

), the

East Coast Main

Line

and

the

Airport

together

with

the

quality

of life

provided

by

its

tradition

as

an

historic

market town. Key

projects

are

office

development at Morton

Palms, new

logistics

development at Faverdale, the

development of D

arlington

Town

Centre, Central P

ark,

Lingfield

Point and

the

promotion

of rail heritage

Adding

to

Quality

: A

Development Strategy

for

Darlington

Town

Centre

(2001) (L9)

The

vision

of the

Strategy

is to

improve

the

value

of the

town

centre

as

an

asset for the

local economy

and

thereby

enhance

its

value

to the

social and

cultural life

of the

community.

The

LDF

will

need

to provide

a positive

framework

to

encourage

the

following

relevant aspects:

• Give

the

pedestrian

priority

within

the

main

shopping

streets

• Im

prove

connections

between

the

core

and

areas

outside

the

ring

road.

• Provide

high

quality

public

realm, capable

of being

used

for activities

which

will

bring

commercial as

well as

social

benefits

to

the

centre.

• To

strengthen

connections

between

the

northern

and

southern

parts

of the

prime

retail area, and

between

the

prime

and

the

secondary

areas, particularly

Skinnergate.

• To

use

the

major sites

to

introduce

comprehensively­

planned, m

ixed­use

developments.

• To

improve

the

environment of the

centre, taking

advantage

of its

natural and

historic

assets.

• To

repair

the

damaged

parts

of the

centre, reintroducing

appropriate

uses, built

form

and

design

quality.

• To

expand

the

availability

of m

odern

office

space

Darlington

Borough

Council

– Corporate

Plan

2009­2013

(L3b)

Priority

to Im

plement m

ajor development projects. A

ctions

relevant to

the

LDF

include:

regeneration

activities

and

key

development projects

such

as

Central P

ark, Lingfield

Point etc,

Prioritise

employment land

allocations

in m

ain

settlements,

however,

ensure

that the

location

of

employment sites

will

also

support

diversification

of the

rural economy

where

identified

Location

of new

development sites

and

allocations

to

relate

well to

other

areas

of employment and

housing

Ensure

infrastructure

either is

or can

be

put in

place

to support

identified

locations

of employment sites.

Policies

to

encourage

resource

recovery, even

if not necessarily

in

the

Borough

but on

Teesside

Demonstrate

a localised

and

accountable

application

of National

Planning

Statements

for

developments

important to

the

national economy

Support

rail capacity

improvements

Support

steam

and

heat networks

Protect and

enhance

Darlington’s

strengths

in advanced

engineering

(helping

that sector to

take

advantage

of energy

developments),

market town

atm

osphere

with

independent retailers, business

and

professional services, logistics

Grow

the

offshore

wind

and

nuclear

sectors

and

Carbon

Capture

and

Storage

and

develop

infrastructure

for them

Support

business

incubation

space

and

connectivity

in rural settlements

Improve

the

housing

offer by

providing

more

middle

and

top­range

homes

and

affordable

housing,

improving

non­decent housing

and

ensure

new

housing

is sustainable.

Coordinate

policies

on

Building

for

Life

with

other Tees

Valley

LPAs.

Promote

nature­based

and

outdoor

activities

and

heritage

and

innovation. E

specially, promote

the

not

Whether the

locations

contribute

to

regeneration

activity

or key

projects

Whether rural

economies

will

be

influenced

positively

or negatively

by

the

locations

Whether employment

land

relates

well to

existing

employment

sites

and

housing

(accessibility

by

workforce)

Whether the

necessary

infrastructure

to

support

economic

developments

is or

can

be

provided

Include

criterion

on

resource

recovery

Include

criterion

on

whether a

policy

supports

rail and

bus

network

enhancements

Include

criterion

on

development and

protection

of the

town

centre,

especially

its

market

town

ambience

Include

criterion

on

promoting

nature­

based

and

outdoor

leisure

activities

Include

criterion

on

promoting

the

Borough’s

railw

ay

heritage

Include

criterion

on

making

sure

infrastructure

is

resilient to

clim

ate

change

Include

criterion

on

making

sure

all

policies

affecting

the

development of

11

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

ECONOMY

AND

EMPLOYMENT

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for

the

SA

effort

to

achieving

this

vision

and

identified

areas

of work

include:

• bringing

more

people

into

work

• driving

up

innovation

building

entrepreneurship

• capturing

more

global trade

• m

eeting

employers' skills

needs

• improving

connectivity

• building

quality

homes

and

places

• m

arketing

the

North

to

the

world.

business

and

financial services

(including

in offshore

wind, outsourced

public

sector business

processes

and

‘onshored’ financial services; C

entral P

ark

and

Lingfield

Point m

entioned; logistics

and

distribution

and

health

and

social care

• facilitate

local delivery

of BIS’s

national inward

investment and

business

support

programmes

• develop

workforce

skills

and

tackle

worklessness

• Investing

in quality

of place: this

has

sub

objectives

that include

providing

mixed

use

development

schemes

to

strengthen

town

centres; increasing

levels

of owner occupied

and

executive

housing

growth; bringing

rented

stock

up

to a

decent standard; increasing

the

supply

of affordable

housing,

including

interm

ediate

tenure; ensureing

housing

is fit for the

aging

population

and

those

with

special

needs

(including

develop

consistent,

Tees

Valley­wide

planning

policies

on

delivering

‘lifetime’ homes

based

on

the

less

restrictive

‘Building

for Life’ m

odel; develop

sustainable

communities. Improving

public

transport

infrastructure

Tees

Valley

Advanced

Manufacturing

Sector Plan

Multiple

objectives

including:

Increasing

the

availability

of industrial premises:

To

increase

investm

ent in

manufacturing

activities.

To

increase

the

stock

of suitable

premises

for manufacturing

businesses.

To

raise

the

image

of Tees

Valley

and

highlight that it is

a good

location

for manufacturing

businesses.

To

ensure

that there

are

sites

for inward

investors

and

those

existing

businesses

wishing

to expand.

Generate

a database

of available

premises

and

developable

sites.

Map

and

quantify

barriers

to

use, e.g. land

contamination, lack

of services.

Engage

the

planning

authorities

with

a view

to them

setting

out the

details

of their

planning

processes

to

minimise

uncertainty

and

increase

transparency.

…Seek

to

broaden

the

geographic

coverage

of the

Enterprise

Zone.

Tees

Valley

Digital Sector Plan

Multiple

objectives

including:

A cluster for digital businesses

in each

local authority

area­well supported

by

infrastructure,

competitively

priced

and

designed

according

to the

needs

of such

businesses.

Well integrated

and

supported

start

up

space.

Tees

Valley

Logistics

Sector Plan

Attract additional investment to

the

key

infrastructure

in the

Tees

Valley, focused

around

the

key

logistics

hubs

Firms

to

identify

which

specific

areas

of infrastructure

need

the

greatest priority

in seeking

investm

ent.

Ensure

current gauge

widening

work

is completed

in a

timely

manner and

occurs

inter­regionally

so

high

and

wide

loads

can

be

transported

from

Teesport

throughout the

Tees

Valley

and

to other logistics

hubs

elsewhere

in the

country

(e.g. E

ast and

West M

idlands).

Understanding

improvements

that competitor Logistics

locations

are

taking.

Investigate

and

learn

from

successful Logistics

hubs

such

as

Rotterdam

and

identify

transferable

examples

of best practise

which

could

be

used

to shape

future

investm

ent in

the

Tees

Valley

Logistics

sector

Increase

availability

of land

Review

of local authority

land

assets

to

see

if any

of these

would

be

suitable

sites

for certain

types

of

private

development.

Similarly, investigate

the

potential to

release

any

sites

that have

been

stymied

for

development.

Conduct a

market study

which

makes

recommendations

on

feasibility

of allocating

large

logistics

site

in

Tees

Valley

as

part

of next round

of LDF

process.

Investigate

the

suitability

of E

nterprise

Zone

sites

and

incentives

and

align

with

the

needs

of firms

seeking

additional sites.

Recognise

the

importance

of ensuring

speedy

approvals

of planning

applications

in relation

to large

Logistics

development,

in recognition

of the

strategic

importance

of Logistics

sites

in the

Tees

Valley.

Identify

specific

sites

where

convoluted

patterns

of land

ownership

are

preventing

developments

from

occurring

Consider the

release

of unused

local authority

land

for suitable

developments

with

planning

concessions.

Work

with

land

bank

owners

to

open

up

their

land

for developments.

Examine

the

possibility

of using

compulsory

purchase

orders

(CPOs) for land

so

that important Logistics

developments

can

occur.

•

The

Oval

•

University

Campus

•

Morton

Palms

•

Town

Centre

Fringe

•

Central P

ark

•

Faverdale

Strategic

site

•

Feethams/Beaumont S

treet

•

Durham

Tees

Valley

Airport

•

Lingfield

Point

Vibrant new

mixed

use

quarter ­Beaumont S

treet office

development site; F

eethams

area; T

own

Centre

Fringe

to

east of Inner Ring

Road

Darlington

Partnership: Draft

Economic

Strategy

and

Action

Plan

(2012)

The

right place

Develop

a new

approach

to

promoting

Darlington

to

businesses, investors

and

visitors

within

and

beyond

the

UK,

building

on

key

themes

including

our international rail

heritage

Develop

and

promote

the

cultural,

leisure, retail and

housing

offer within

the

Borough

to support

economic

growth

(including

development of key

town

centre

sites)

The

right people

Im

prove

the

skills

of the

labour force

(current and

future) to

ensure

that they

match

the

needs

of existing

and

potential

employers

Retain

talent in

the

local labour market

The

right infrastructure

Fix

immediate

issues

that prevent economic

growth

(including

digital and

energy

needs

and

capacity

problems

on

the

transport

network)

Influence

investm

ent decisions

to

support

the

economic

development of D

arlington

The

right business

conditions

Support

the

development of supply

chain

opportunities

to

both

the

public

and

private

sector

Develop

sector action

plans

to

maximise

existing

and

future

economic

opportunities

Work

to

develop

a strong

business

support

offer in

Darlington

that caters

for the

needs

of all businesses

(existing, newly

form

ed

and

prospective

start

ups) –

identifying

gaps

in provision

and

work

with

others

to

fill them

Have

an

appropriate

range

of new

start

and

grow­on

property

available

throughout Darlington

Borough’s

railw

ay

heritage.

Plan

for infrastructure

resilient to

clim

ate

change

Allocate

key

town

centre

sites

Ensure

policies

affecting

employment

development are

clear and

provide

certainty

and

the

capacity

for quick

decision

making.

Provide

supported

premises

for start

up

businesses

employment sites

are

clear.

Identify

constraints

affecting

potential

employment sites.

12

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

EDUCATION

AND

SKILLS

European

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for the

MPAG

DPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

Strategic

framework

for

European

cooperation

in

education

and

training

(2009)

(E13)

Sets

benchmarks

for 2020:

�at least 95%

of children

between

the

age

of four and

the

age

for starting

compulsory

primary

education

should

participate

in early

childhood

education;

�the

share

of 15­years

olds

with

insufficient abilities

in

reading, m

athematics

and

science

should

be

less

than

15%;

�the

share

of early

leavers

from

education

and

training

should

be

less

than

10%;

�the

share

of 30­34

year olds

with

tertiary

educational

attainment should

be

at least

40%;

�an

average

of at least 15

% of

adults

(age

group

25­64)

should

participate

in lifelong

Learning

DCSF

The

Children’s

Plan: Building

Brighter Futures

(2007) (N33)

Sets

out goals

for achievement by

2020

in

relation

to children

and

young

people’s

educational attainment and

wellbeing.

● enhance

children

and

young

people’s

wellbeing,

● every

child

ready

for success

in school

● every

child

ready

for secondary

school, with

at least 90

per cent

achieving

at or above

the

expected

level

in both

English

and

mathematics

by

age

11;

● every

young

person

with

the

skills

for

adult

life

and

further study, w

ith

at least

90

per cent achieving

the

equivalent of

five

higher level G

CSEs

by

age

19; and

at least 70

per cent

achieving

the

equivalent of two

A levels

by

age

19;

● all young

people

participating

in

positive

activities

to

develop

personal

and

social skills

●

employers

satisfied

with

young

people’s

readiness

for work;

● child

health

improved, with

the

proportion

of obese

and

overweight

children

reduced

to 2000

levels;

● child

poverty

halved

by

2010

and

eradicated

by

2020

The

LDF

can

assist with

the

delivery

of

these

goals

through:

•

Educational buildings

to

make

space

for co­located

services

•

Provision

of youth

facilities

The

Interated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East (2007) (R1e)

States

that if the

North

East is

to

achieve

its

ambition

as

a place

where

people

can

fulfil their

potential and

contribute

to a

dynamic

economy,

then

each

person

must have

the

appropriate

skills

and

competencies. R

ealising

the

potential of each

individual in

the

North

East will

contribute

to a

sustainable

economy.

Actions

include:

• Provide

a diverse

range

of learning

opportunities

• stimulate

a substantial increase

in people’s

aspirations

and

expectations

of learning

and

work.

• Ensure

that all people

are

supported

to

develop

a

solid

skills

base

for employability

and

to

provide

a

base

for further learning.

• Ensure

that there

is a

sufficient supply

of higher

level skills

to

underpin

and

front economic

growth

priorities

and

meet employer needs.

The

North

East of England

Regional Spatial

Strategy

to

2021

(R2g)

Policy

14

relates

to

further and

higher education.

The

LDF

should

support

the

growth

and

increasing

role

of universities

and

colleges

in the

regional

economy

by:

• Recognising

their

role

in the

transition

to

higher

productivity

and

a m

ore

knowledge­based

economy

• Encouraging

greater links

with

local business

• Enabling

the

necessary

infrastructure

and

campus

development to

facilitate

their

expansion

• Support

the

emerging

Science

City

concept

• Im

prove

access

to

learning

and

training

opportunities

through

ICT

and

transport

infrastructure

in urban

and

rural areas

Sustainable

Community

Strategy­One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1e)

Aspiring

Darlington

theme

aims

to:

• Address

the

gaps

in educational attainment

• Provide

the

widest possible

range

of lifelong

learning

opportunities

• Equip

people

coming

out of education

with

the

skills

needed

to

work

in the

modern

local economy

• Attract and

retain

graduates

• Recognise

and

develop

the

significant role

played

by

the

arts

and

culture

in personal development

• Expand

the

existing

range

of arts

and

cultural businesses

and

services

• Provide

high

quality

facilities

that support

modern

approaches

to

education

in schools

and

for lifelong

learning

• Make

the

most of the

Darlington

University

Centre

proposal to

complement and

strengthen

learning

opportunities

and

contribute

to

building

a vibrant and

diverse

quality

of life.

Darlington

Borough

Council

– Corporate

Plan

2009­2013

(L3c)

Actions

include

Ensure

there

is a

job

or place

for every

school leaver

Narrow

the

gap

in education

outcomes

and

improve

life

chances

for all children

and

young

people

Darlington

Children

and

Young

People’s

Plan

2008

– 2011

(L12a)

Priorities

in relation

to education

and

skills

include:

• Make

school interesting

and

encourage

everyone

to

attend

• Im

prove

school buildings

and

playgrounds

• Make

sure

that all young

people

have

access

to

education, training

and

work

that m

eets

their

needs

• Im

prove

people’s

skills

so

they

are

ready

to

get a

job

• Support

aspirations

Darlington

Primary

Capital Programme

2008­2011

(L13)

The

overall aim

of the

Primary

Capital P

rogramme

is to

rebuild, remodel or improve

at least half

of all primary

schools. Targets

include:

• To

ensure

all children

are

taught in

a high

quality

environment by

elim

inating

the

worst 5%

• To

ensure

schools

are

fit for 21st century

teaching

and

learning

by

re­m

odelling

15%

of the

least suitable

teaching

areas;

• To

replace

all temporary

accommodation

with

perm

anent classrooms.

• To

ensure

there

is a

place

for every

pupil by

adding

300

places

to

the

primary

sector over the

next 5

years

and

to

monitor the

on­going

affect of inward

migration

• To

improve

the

physical environment at every

school to

ensure

that it does

not create

a barrier to

inclusion

(meets

the

universal rating

as

a

minimum).

To

use

ICT

to inspire, empower and

motivate

and

promote

flexible

methods

of curriculum

delivery.

Location

of housing

sites,

mixed

use

sites

and

existing

and

new

gypsy

and

traveller sites

to

consider the

accessibility

and

current capacity

of

schools

and

other form

al

and

inform

al educational

establishments

Include

policies

to

facilitate

improvements

to

school buildings

and

playgrounds, and

infrastructure

and

campus

development at university

and

college

sites

Facilitate

the

expansion

of

the

existing

range

of arts

and

cultural businesses

and

services

Appraisal of

locations

to

consider

accessibility

to

educational

establishments

and

capacity

of

such

Include

criterion

on

whether

policy

will

facilitate

the

expansion

of

arts, culture

and

education

services.

TRANSPORT

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

White

Paper:

European

Transport

Policy

for 2010: Time

to

decide

(2001) (E15)

In this

white

paper

and

in keeping

with

the

sustainable

development

strategy

the

Commission

proposes

some

60

measures

aimed

at

developing

a

European

transport

system

capable

of

The

Future

of Transport: A

Network

for

2030

(2004) (N36)

Aims

to

provide

a transport

network

that m

eets

the

needs

of a

growing

economy

and

the

increasing

demand

for travel w

hile

taking

into

consideration

the

environment.

The

network

aims

to:

• Provide

a free­flowing

and

more

reliable

road

network

• Im

prove

the

efficiency

of rail services

• Ensure

bus

services

are

reliable, flexible,

convenient and

tailored

to local needs

• Have

walking

and

cycling

as

viable

alternatives

for local journeys

• Delivering

a Sustainable

Transport

The

Integrated

Regional

Framework

for the

North

East (2007) (R1f)

Priority

actions

to

meet the

IRF’s

objective

to develop

sustainable

transport

and

communication

include:

• Balance

the

economic

requirements

for

national and

international travel w

ith

the

need

to

reduce

our

carbon

emissions.

• D

evelop

sustainable

transport

networks

to

support

rural

Sub­regional context contained

within

Darlington’s

LTP2

(SR13)

Specific

aims

that future

transport

improvements

across

the

Tees

Valley

will

need

to address

are:

•

improve

access

to

the

north’s

sea

ports

(principally

Teesport);

•

improve

surface

access

to

key

northern

airports

(in

particular Durham

Tees

Valley);

•

create

premier transit

systems

in each

city

region

(in

the

first instance

by

stemming

the

decline

in bus

use, and

then

supporting

wider regeneration

with

a sub­regional

transit

system);

•

create

stronger links

between

regions

(notably

the

neighbouring

Tyne

and

Wear

and

Leeds

City

Regions);

and

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

– One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1f)

A

sustainable

transport

network

is one

of the

work

strands

of the

SCS. T

his

work

strands

aims

to

ensure

that:

• safe

and

accessible

transport

choices

are

available

for all

• vehicle

use

and

emissions

are

reduced

• the

transport

network

supports

sustainable

economic

growth

and

regeneration

• Im

prove

public

transport

• Tackle

congestion

• Expand

walking

and

cycling

networks

Darlington

Borough

Council

– Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

(L3d)

Top

transport

related

priorities

include:

Roll­forward

and

further develop

the

Local M

otion

and

Cycle

Town

sustainable

development programmes

Develop

parks/countryside

green

exercise

agenda

Darlington’s

Transport

Strategy

2006­2030

(L14)

Prioritise

location

of new

development and

allocations

to

reduce

the

need

to travel.

For example

locations

that are

served

or could

be

served

by

ICT, w

alking, cycling

and

public

transport

networks

and

are

within

close

proximity

to

facilities, services

and

activities. Include

polices

to

restrict development outside

such

sites, in

particular the

Town

Centre.

Need

to

demonstrate

that

locations

will

not add

The

appraisal of

the

locations

suggested

will

need

to

take

into

account their

ability

to:

­Reduce

the

need

to

travel

­Reduce

or at

least not add

to

congestion

­Improve

travel

safety

in the

Borough

­Improve

13

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

 

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

         

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

TRANSPORT

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

shifting

the

balance

between

modes

of

transport, revitalising

the

railw

ays,

promoting

transport

by

sea

and

inland

waterways

and

controlling

the

growth

in air

transport.

In particular

policies

aim

to:

• Address

the

imbalance

between

the

overuse

of road

and

air

transport

and

the

underuse

of rail and

sea

modes

• Im

prove

the

links

between

all

methods

of

transport

• Need

for

interconnected

infrastructure

• Place

users

at the

heart

of transport

policy, in

particular address

safety

concerns

• Rationalise

urban

transport

– current

lack

of integrated

policy

approach

to

town

planning

and

transport

is

allowing

the

private

car an

almost total

monopoly

System

2008

(N: DASTS)

Recognises

that transport

plays

a key

role

in

all our lives. S

ets

goals

that take

into

account

transports

wider impact on

clim

ate

change,

health, quality

of life

and

the

natural

environment:

• To

support

national economic

competitiveness

and

growth

by

delivering

reliable

and

efficient transport

networks

• To

reduce

transports

emissions

of carbon

dioxide

and

other greenhouse

gases, w

ith

the

desired

outcomes

of tackling

clim

ate

change

• To

contribute

to better safety, security

and

health

and

longer life

expectancy

by

reducing

the

risk

of death, injury

or illness

arising

from

transport, and

by

promoting

travel m

odes

that are

beneficial to

health.

• To

promote

greater equality

of opportunity

for all citizens

with

the

desired

outcome

of

achieving

a fairer society; and

To

improve

quality

of life

for transport

users

and

non­transport

users, and

to promote

a

healthy

natural environment

communities, taking

account of changes

to

public

services.

• Embed

sustainable

transport

policy

within

local development

frameworks, including

encouragement of

production

of

sustainable

travel plans.

• Encourage

the

use

of

ICT

as

an

alternative

to

travel,

including

the

potential for home

working

and

changes

to

travel patterns

to

increase

efficiency

and

reduce

carbon

emissions

The

North

East of

England

Regional

Spatial Strategy

to

2021

(R2h)

Policy

49, 50

and

51

relates

to

transport. The

LDF

needs

to:

• Improve

sustainable

accessibility

and

efficiency

of m

ovement

• Encourage

public

transport

that

rebalances

the

transport

system

in

favour of m

ore

sustainable

modes

• Improve

connectivity

North

East Strategy

for

the

Environment (2008)

(R:es5)

Objective

to:

Develop

sustainable

transport

solutions

by

reducing

the

need

to

travel

and

adopting

more

sustainable

practices

and

technologies.

•

create

truly

sustainable

communities.

The

first three

of the

above

list are

probably

the

most influential for forward

transport

planning

at

the

sub

regional level,

as

they

require

cross­

boundary

working

both

within

and

outside

the

Tees

Valley.

Tees

Valley

Area

Action

Plan

(2009)

Plans

for the

future

transport

needs

of the

Tees

Valley

area

at a

strategic

scale, taking

into

account changing

travel patterns, regeneration

areas

and

likely

future

congestion

points.

Plans

for improvements

to

the

A66

east of

Darlington, including

signalisation

of the

Great

Burdon

and

DETC/A66

junctions

and

remodelling

of the

A66/Yarm

Road

junction

(in

the

medium

term

) and

dualling

of the

trunk

road

between

those

junctions

(in

the

long

term

).

Plans

for the

development of a

Tees

Valley

Metro

frequent service

between

Darlington

and

Saltburn.

Tees

Valley

City

Region

Transport

Strategy

(2007)

Contains

objectives

including:

To

maximise

accessibility

opportunities

to

the

revitalising

Tees

Valley

economy

and

associated

services

(health, education, leisure, etc) for all

sections

of society, particularly

those

without

private

transport.

To

address

the

decline

in bus

use

and

provide

a

stable

and

sustainable

network

that m

eets

passenger demands

and

avoids

the

rapid

growth

in

car usage

currently

being

experienced

in areas

with

more

vibrant

economies.

To

attract the

necessary

investm

ent to

deliver

the

required

improvements

in the

local rail network, the

sub­

region

will

look

towards

more

innovative

solutions. T

his

applies

equally

to

passenger

services/facilities

and

improved

freight capacity,

which

is of particular

importance

to Teesport

and

other local industry.

To

manage

the

projected

growth

in demand

in a

sustainable

way

that

still allows

widespread

regeneration

to

continue

without creating

congestion, or being

constrained

by

it­mostly

through

the

LDF

The

overarching

Transport

Strategy

for Darlington

seeks

to:

• improve

accessibility

to services

and

opportunities

by

providing

travel options, so

that all may

participate

in

the

life

of their

community;

• tackle

traffic

congestion

and

its

associated

effects

on

local communities

through

a focus

on

sustainable

travel choices, thus

contributing

to residents’ quality

of life;

• make

the

transport

network

safe

and

secure

for all;

and

• deliver solutions

to

travel needs

in partnership

with

local people, businesses

and

other providers.

Darlington, A

Town

on

the

Move: Second

Local Transport

Plan

2006­11

(L15)

LTP2

aims

to

deliver against Darlington’s

Transport

Strategy

in the

following

areas:

• To

provide

the

framework

for sustainable

development of new

and

existing

businesses, housing

and

services

in Darlington;

• To

improve

access

to

employment and

education, particularly

for those

without access

to

a private

car,

those

with

a disability

and

those

that have

greatest need;

• To

tackle

traffic

congestion

on

key

corridors

and

its

potential affects

on

the

economy

and

environment by

making

the

most effective

use

of the

transport

network;

• To

improve

travel safety

and

security

for all by

addressing

the

real and

perceived

risks;

• To

provide

and

promote

travel choices

to

all,

in particular to

reduce

the

proportion

of car driver trips;

• To

improve

the

health

of the

community

through

increasing

levels

of sustainable

travel and

improving

access

to

health, leisure

and

fresh

food.

Local Motion, Darlington

Sustainable

Travel Demonstration

(L16)

Targets

included:

• 10%

reduction

in car driver trips

by

2010/11

• 8%

increase

in walking

trips

by

2010/11

• Increase

cycle

trips

from

1%

to

3%

of all trips

by

2010/11

• To

halt

the

decline

in bus

trips

by

2010/11

Darlington

Rights

of Way

Improvement Plan

(L22)

Identifies

that access

to

good

quality

countryside

is im

portant for mental and

physical health

as

it provides

opportunities

for safe

outdoor recreation

and

exercise, for relaxation

and

escape

from

the

stresses

of urban

life. O

bjectives

relevant to

the

LDF

include:

• Provide

much­improved

access

for all people, to

semi natural areas

and

the

countryside.

• The

need

for good

quality, accessible

routes

near to

where

people

live

• Better access

across

physical barriers, especially

the

road

network, but also

on

the

ROW

network

itself.

Third

Local Transport

Plan­Draft

(2010)

Proposes

the

following

policies

(summary)

• Integrate

land

use

and

transport

planning

at all stages

of the

planning

process

using

the

3 pronged

approach

• Exploit

the

potential of rail,

bus

and

car sharing

to employment,

leisure

and

shopping

opportunities

• Reduce

the

need

to travel;

continue

to

promote

sustainable

travel for shorter journeys; and

work

in

partnership

to

develop

and

promote

lower carbon

transport

options

for longer trips.

• A

joint approach

between

the

Council and

Public

Health

with

shared

resources

to

increase

levels

of walking

and

cycling, in

a safe

environment,

to

secure

multiple

outcomes

• Evaluate

and

support

initiatives

that enable

older people

to travel particularly

those

without a

car and

those

in

rural areas

• Prioritise

funding

on

the

basis

of m

aintaining, then

managing, then

improving

transport

and

travel,

and

provide

greater decision

making

at a

local level

• Maintain

and

manage

the

highway

network

and

improve

waiting/parking

facilities

particularly

at the

rail

station

and

town

centre

unacceptably

to congestion

at

problem

points

along

the

highways

network. W

here

increased

congestion

is

anticipated, m

itigation

measures

such

as

highways

improvements

may

be

required. The

feasibility

of

these

improvements

would

need

to

be

investigated.

Need

to

demonstrate

that any

safety

concerns

with

the

locations

put forward

could

be

addressed, for example

through

traffic

calming,

pedestrian

crossing

schemes

etc

Ensure

the

necessary

highways

infrastructure

is or

could

be

put in

place

to

support

the

proposed

locations

Proceed

in an

integrated

fashion

with

the

3rd

Local

Transport

Plan

Include

full complement of

highways

policies

needed

to

ensure

that traffic

arising

from

new

development is

a)

minimised

and

b)

accommodated

safely.

Tailor development to

support

existing

public

transport,

especially

bus, routes.

Facilitate

development of T

ees

Valley

Metro

including

new

stations, and

road

and

rail

upgrades.

Facilitate

improvement of

waiting

and

parking

facilities

for buses

and

coaches,

especially

in the

Town

Centre.

Protect walking

and

cycling

routes, including

their

attractiveness

to

users.

connectivity

of

travel m

odes

Include

specific

criterion

on

focussing

development in

the

Town

Centre.

Include

criterion

on

highway

safety

Include

criterion

on

congestion

Include

criterion

on

facilitating

the

improvement of

rail and

bus

routes

(inc. bus

stop

facilities)

Include

criterion

of protecting

and

improving

walking/cycling

routes

14

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

   

 

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

     

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

COMMUNITIES

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

Strong

and

Prosperous

Communities: The

Local Government White

Paper (2006) (N39a)

The

aim

of the

White

Paper is

to

give

local people

and

local communities

more

influence

and

power to

improve

their

lives. Local communities

should

be

•

Consulted

and

involved

in running

services

•

Inform

ed

about the

quality

of services

in their

area

•

Enabled

to

call local agencies

to

account if services

fail to

meet their

needs.

Safer Places: The

Planning

System

& Crime

Prevention

(2004) (N42)

Instructs

Local P

lanning

Authorities

to

consider crime

prevention

and

enhancement of community

safety. Crime

prevention

is relevant to

sustainable

communities

National Service

Framework

for Older People

(Department of Health) (2001) (N44)

Addresses

the

needs

of older people

in accordance

with

the

fact that England

is an

ageing

society. S

ets

8 standards

for the

care

of older people

across

health

and

social services, which

are:

• Rooting

out age

discrimination

• Person­centred

care

• Interm

ediate

care

• General hospital care

• Reduce

the

incidence

of stroke

• Reduce

the

number of falls

• Good

mental health

• Promotion

of health

and

active

life

in older age

Every

Child

Matters: Change

for Children

(2004) (N45a)

The

Government's

aim

is for every

child, whatever their

background

or their

circumstances, to

have

the

support

they

need

to:

•

Be

healthy

•

Stay

safe

•

Enjoy

and

achieve

•

Make

a positive

contribution

•

Achieve

economic

well being

Living

Places: Cleaner,

Safer,

Greener (2006) (N46)

Recognises

that public

spaces

are

a barometer of a

community

and

quality

of life. S

afe, well­maintained

and

attractive

public

spaces

have

a critical role

in creating

pride

in the

places

where

communities

live

which, in

turn, is

essential to

building

community

cohesion

and

successful communities

The

Government Response

to

the

Taylor Review

of Rural Economy

and

Affordable

Housing

(2009) (N: Taylor)

Response

to a

report

on

the

issues

that rural communities

face. O

utlines

the

Governments

principal policy

considerations

for the

countryside

as:

•

the

need

to

create

and

maintain

sustainable

communities

•

the

need

to

develop

ways

to

encourage

sustainable

economic

growth

in rural areas

•

the

need

to

encourage

an

increase

in the

supply

of housing

in the

long

term

, and

particularly

that of affordable

housing; and

•

the

need

to

plan

for economic

recovery, in

which

a streamlined

planning

system

will

be

a significant factor.

Accepted

recommendations

of the

Taylor Review

include:

•

the

need

for planning

policy

to

take

account of all three

strands

of sustainability

in a

balanced

way.

•

Recognition

that rural economies

have

an

important contribution

to m

ake

•

All types

of business

and

enterprise

can

be

appropriate

for rural areas, subject to

assessment of impact based

upon

local circumstances

•

Better support

for home­based

businesses, and

live/work

units

•

Local S

trategic

Partnerships

should

be

encouraged

to

develop

a long

term

vision

for their

community

which

includes

its

physical shape

and

sets

out plans

for

change

and

growth

in their

economic, environmental and

social context.

•

Agreement that affordable

rural housing

is a

priority

Child

Poverty

Act 2010

Places

a duty

on

the

Secretary

of S

tate

to meet four child

poverty

targets

by

2020/21, based

on

a relative

low

income

measure, a

low

income

measure

fixed

in real

term

s, a

combined

low

income

and

material deprivation

measure, and

a ‘persistent poverty’ m

easure

• Requires

the

UK

Government to

publish

a UK

child

poverty

strategy, which

must be

revised

every

three

years, setting

out policies

to

meet the

targets

The

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East

(2007) (R1g)

Defines

Sustainable

communities

as

places

where

people

want to

live

and

work, now

and

in

the

future.

They

meet the

diverse

needs

of current and

future

residents, they

are

sensitive

to their

environment,

and

contribute

to a

high

quality

of life. T

hey

will

be

safe

and

inclusive,

well planned, well

designed, well built

and

run, and

offer equality

of

opportunity

and

good

access

to

services

for

all.

They

must have

adequate

provision

of

high

quality, affordable

housing, good

public

transport, schools,

hospitals, shops

and

a

clean, safe

environment

with

open

public

space

where

people

can

relax

and

interact.

The

IRF

further

recognises

that

communities

are

diverse

and

that it is

essential

that people

are

able

to

have

a say

on

the

way

their

neighbourhoods

are

planned

and

run

The

North

East of

England

Regional

Spatial Strategy

to

2021

(R2i)

Recognises

that

sustainable

communities

are

cohesive, m

ixed

and

socially

inclusive

with

a

sense

of place

and

identity

with

opportunities

for people

to

maximise

their

health

and

quality

of life.

Further states

that the

planning

system:

• has

a duty

to

deliver

the

spatial elements

of sustainable

communities

in a

way

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

– One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1f)

The

One

Darlington

priority

has

many

strands

which

the

LDF

can

contribute

to. These

include:

•

Tackling

deprivation

•

Nurturing

a strong, vibrant and

cohesive

borough­wide

community

of town, villages

and

countryside

•

Valuing

community

diversity

•

Social inclusion

•

Protection

of vulnerable

people

•

Encouraging

people

to participate

in their

community

Darlington

Children

and

Young

People’s

Plan

(2008­2011)

(L12b)

Priorities

relating

to

communities

include:

•

Make

sure

everyone

is safe

at home, at school,

outside,

on

the

streets

and

is not bullied

•

To

encourage

everyone

to

be

helpful to

friends, family

and

neighbours

and

contribute

to their

community

and

environment

•

Create

ways

for children, young

people

and

their

families

to

have

a say

in the

way

services

are

provided

Community

Safety

Plan

2008

– 2011

(L17)

Vision

for the

future

is that D

arlington

will

be:

•

An

even

safer and

more

tolerant place, with

less

victims

of crime

and

anti­social behaviour and

a place

where

life

can

be

enjoyed

free

from

the

fear of crime;

•

A place

where

offending

is not tolerated, the

harm

caused

by

illegal drugs

and

alcohol is

minimised

and

where

public

behaviour becomes

acceptable

to

all;

•

A Darlington

that enables

us

to

value

and

respect our

environment and

where

all areas

enjoy

the

same

levels

of safety

and

quality

of life

Darlington

Local Neighbourhood

Renewal Strategy

(L18)

The

aim

of this

Strategy

is to:

‘reduce

deprivation

in the

eleven

most disadvantaged

wards

within

the

Borough

and

improve

the

life

chances

of residents

living

within

these

areas’.

Strategic

priorities

include:

•

Reduce

worklessness

and

improve

training

opportunities

and

business

development within

the

priority

areas.

•

Build

cohesive

and

confident communities

raising

self­

esteem

and

confidence.

•

Create

a m

ore

attractive

environment by

tackling

sustainability

issues

to

protect the

natural environment

and

liveability

issues

such

as

litter,

graffiti,

dog

fouling

that have

been

identified

by

the

community.

•

Develop

an

effective

transport

system.

•

Raise

educational standards

and

develop

an

ethos

of

lifelong

learning

by

providing

opportunities

for access,

achievement and

engagement

•

Engage

communities

and, in

particular,

young

people

in

leisure

activities

•

Reduce

crime

and

antisocial behaviour and

increase

the

In order to

create

sustainable

communities

the

MPAGDPD

should:

Ensure

the

community

are

involved

in consultation

regarding

the

location

of new

development sites

and

land

allocations

Consider how

the

location

of

new

development sites

and

allocations

will

contribute

to

creating

mixed

and

cohesive

communities

Aim

to

reduce

the

level of

deprivation

and

inequalities

in

the

borough

Ensure

adequate

provision

of

affordable

housing

(particularly

in

areas

of need),

public

transport, schools, hospitals,

shops, leisure

and

open

space

in

identified

locations.

Consider how

the

location

of

new

sites

and

land

allocations

will

support

the

lifestyles

and

meet the

needs

of young

people

and

an

ageing

population.

Enhance

community

safety.

(for example, is

the

location,

designation

or policy

likely

to

increase

road

traffic

accidents,)

Protects

and

enhance

the

countryside, and

ensure

the

location

of new

development

sites

and

land

allocations

also

does

so

(for example

will

the

location

of development and

land

allocation

deliver

affordable

housing, support

rural diversification

and/or take

productive

agricultural land

out

of use)?

Will

the

location

of new

development sites

and

allocations

help

to bring

back

into

use

buildings

of

importance

to the

local

community

and/or to

the

heritage

of the

Borough?

Should

take

account of the

Appraisal of identified

locations

and

allocations

to

consider

and

include:

­Level of community

participation

generated

­Community

cohesiveness

and

identity

­Reducing

identified

inequalities

– heath,

education

etc

­If

the

location

will

provide

affordable

housing

in areas

of

need

­How

the

location

will

help

to

meet the

needs

of

older/younger people

–

will

it support

youth

facilities, local shops

etc

­Community

safety

issues

–

improvements

required

to

pedestrian

crossings

etc

­Their

impact on

rural

parts

of the

Borough

(communities,

landscape, heritage

and

economy)

­Will

the

location

help

bring

back

into

use

community

facilities

or

locally

important

buildings

Include

criterion

or

maybe

even

objective

of increasing

the

quality

of existing

homes, especially

in

deprived

areas

Include

criterion

of

providing

leisure

facilities

for young

people, especially

in

deprived

areas

Include

criterion

of

improving

security

of

design, especially

in

high

impact areas

of

central D

arlington.

15

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

    

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

COMMUNITIES

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

• Requires

Scottish

and

Northern

Irish

ministers

to

publish

child

poverty

strategies

(the

National A

ssembly

for Wales

has

enacted

separate

legislation

imposing

corresponding

duties

on

Ministers

in W

ales)

• Establishes

a Child

Poverty

Commission

to provide

advice

on

strategies

• Requires

the

UK

Government to

publish

annual progress

reports

• Places

duties

on

local authorities

and

other ‘delivery

partners’ in

England

to

work

together to

tackle

child

poverty, conduct a

local needs

assessment,

produce

a child

poverty

strategy

and

take

child

poverty

into

account in

the

production

and

revision

of their

Sustainable

Communities

Strategies

Localism

Bill (2010)

The

Bill

devolves

more

powers

to

councils

and

neighbourhoods

and

gives

local communities

greater control over local decisions

like

housing

and

planning.

The

Bill

contains

numerous

provisions

in relation

to Local G

overnment.

These

include

a general power of competence

for Local A

uthorities

("LAs"), governance

arrangements

for LAs

including

new

provisions

for directly

elected

mayors, the

abolition

of the

standards

board

regime

and

requirements

for LAs

to

set senior pay

policy

statements.

A key

element of the

Bill

is to

provide

for community

empowerm

ent with

powers

to

enable

people

to

instigate

local referendums

on

any

issue, to

approve

or veto

in a

referendum

a council tax

increase

deemed

to be

excessive, to

express

an

interest in

running

local authority

services

and

to provide

local community

groups

with

an

opportunity

to

bid

to

buy

assets

of community

value.

Reform

of the

Planning

system

is another key

element of the

Bill

with

provisions

to

abolish

regional strategies, provide

for neighbourhood

plans, m

ake

pre­application

consultation

compulsory, m

ake

changes

to

planning

enforcement and

in relation

to nationally

significant infrastructure.

The

Bill

contains

provisions

to

reform

social housing

including

measures

to

offer flexible

tenancies

for new

social tenants, create

a new

system

of council housing

finance, provide

assistance

for tenants

to

exchange

their

social rented

property, transfer the

functions

of the

Tenants

Services

Authority

to the

Homes

and

Communities

Agency

and

make

changes

to

the

system

for tenants

to m

ake

a complaint about their

social landlord.

that involves

and

actively

includes

the

people

it affects.

• needs

to

consider the

contribution

of both

the

locational

elements

of land

use

and

the

design

and

layout of development

in delivering

sustainable

communities

Sustainable

Communities

in the

North

East:

Building

for the

Future

(2003)

(R3)

Implements

the

national

sustainable

communities’ action

plan

at the

regional level.

Highlights

actions

to

address

housing,

planning

and

neighborhood

renewal

issues

and

further

outlines

the

need

to

create

sustainable

communities

which:

• are

economically

prosperous;

• have

decent homes

at

a price

people

can

afford;

• safeguard

the

countryside;

• enjoy

a well­designed,

accessible

and

pleasant living

and

working

environment;

• are

effectively

and

fairly

governed

with

a

strong

sense

of

community

number of local people

feeling

safer within

their

community.

•

Encourage

healthier lifestyles

and

reduce

health

inequalities.

•

Engage

with

private

sector landlords

to

improve

standards

and

increase

the

proportion

of decent homes

within

the

private

sector occupied

by

vulnerable

groups

All

Together Now: A

Social Inclusion

Strategy

for

Darlington

(2005) (L19)

The

overarching

aim

of the

Social Inclusion

Strategy

is to

improve

the

life

chances

of those

at risk

of disadvantage

and

discrimination. T

ask

is to

reduce

social inequalities, renew

disadvantaged

neighbourhoods, protect the

vulnerable

and

ensure

equality

of access

for all members

of the

community

to

services

and

opportunities.

All

our Futures, A

Strategy

for Later Life

in Darlington

(2008­2011) (L:later)

Recognises

that there

are

35,000

people

currently

living

in Darlington

today

who

are

aged

50

or over

and

that this

figure

is set to

increase

to over 40,000

by

2021

(almost half

the

population)

As

a result

recognises

responsibility

to

address

the

increasing

role

of older people

in communities

and

to develop

policies

and

services

in order to

reflect the

changing

needs

of society.

Identifies

six

priority

areas

for improvement.

Those

that the

LDF

may

be

able

to influence

include:

•

Valuing

Older People

­a

Darlington

with

opportunities

and

no

barriers

to

full participation

at all levels

in society,

where

older people

are

asked

their

opinion

on

the

services

that affect them

and

the

services

are

tailored

to

the

needs

•

Improving

Health

and

Wellbeing

­Ensuring

older people

live

longer and

healthier lives, keeping

active

and

independent with

access

to

health

and

social care

services

when

needed

•

A Safe

Environment ­

Older people

want to

live

in a

safe

and

secure

environment,

which

enhances

quality

of life.

This

incorporates

personal safety, housing, transport,

community

safety

and

environment

•

Life

Long

Learning

­Appropriate

provision

for older

people

to

engage

in different types

of learning

and

extend

their

knowledge

and

experience

of available

education

opportunities

in Darlington.

Darlington

Community

Safety

Partnership

Plan

2012­15

Priorities

are:

1. Reducing

the

harm

ful effects

of drugs

and

alcohol.

2. Tackling

anti­social behaviour.

3. Reducing

offending

and

re­offending.

4. W

orking

with

families

with

multiple

problems.

5. Supporting

vulnerable

people

(the

focus

here

is upon

addressing

domestic

abuse, sexual violence

and

hate

crime).

Identifies

High

Impact A

reas­four neighbourhoods

(the

town

centre/fringe, the

vicinity

of Northgate

and

the

inner parts

of

developing

Child

Poverty

Strategy

Be

able

to operate

alongside

potential N

eighbourhood

Plans

Increase

the

proportion

of

decent homes.

Enable

provision

of leisure

activities, especially

for young

people

and

in deprived

neighbourhoods.

Improve

building

energy

efficiency, community

facilities,

green

space

and

secure

design

in deprived

neighbourhoods

of the

borough

16

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

     

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

     

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

COMMUNITIES

National

Regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

Bank

Top

and

North

Road

wards) which

account for 25%

of

reported

antisocial behaviour incidents

in the

borough

as

well

as

having

above

average

incidence

of the

other priority

issues.

Darlington

Putting

Children

First­Child

Poverty

Strategy

(2011)

Child

poverty

is concentrated

in the

ten

wards

of central,

south

and

east D

arlington, N

orth

Road

and

Cockerton

West.

Actions

identified

include:

Plan

that childcare

provision

is affordable

and

accessible

across

the

Borough;

Enhance

people’s

skills

in relation

to the

job

market and

align

business

need

to Education

To

plan

for and

mitigate

the

effects

of welfare

reform

Promote

healthy

settings

for children

and

young

people

To

mitigate

the

effects

of fuel poverty

HEALTH

AND

RECREATION

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

United

Nations

Convention

on

the

Rights

of the

Child

(Article

31)

(1989) (I4)

The

Convention

recognises

the

critical role

regular sport

and

physical play

in children’s

lives.

Particularly

for the

physical, mental,

psychological and

social

development of children

and

adolescents. Involvement in

sport

can

boost children’s

health, improve

academic

perform

ance

and

help

reduce

crime. A

t the

most

fundamental level,

sport

and

play

are

as

a child’s

right:

States

shall “recognise

the

right of

the

child

to rest and

leisure, to

engage

in play

and

recreational

activities

appropriate

to

the

age

of

the

child

and

to participate

freely

in

cultural life

and

the

arts."

Children’s

Environment and

Health

Action

Plan

for Europe

­World

Health

Organisation

(2005)

(E16)

Recognises

that the

environment

can

have

a substantial impact on

the

health

of children

and

young

people.

They

can

be

particularly

vulnerable

to

the

harm

ful effects

of

environmental hazards

and

it is

important for them

to

grow

up

in a

clean

and

healthy

environment and

have

good

access

to

green

open

spaces.

European

Union

Sports

Charter

(2001) (E17)

Sets

out the

following;

Be

Active, Be

Healthy, A

plan

for getting

the

nation

moving

(2009) (N47)

Recognises

that physical activity

has

the

potential to

create

a

healthier,

happier and

wealthier nation. S

ets

an

ambition

for a

healthier,

fitter nation

by

2012

and

beyond. Identifies

that to

meet

this

ambition

a world­class

delivery

infrastructure

for physical

activity

will

be

needed. T

he

LDF

will

have

a part

to

play

in creating

the

‘active’ environments

that will:

•

Motivate

recreational w

alking

and

cycling

through

the

provision

of safe, attractive

and

interesting

parks

or

streetscapes

•

Take

account of the

needs

of cyclists

and

pedestrians

through

good

urban

design

•

Provide

natural environments

that enhance

physical activity

and

promote

mental w

ellbeing.

Healthy

Weight,

Healthy

Lives. A

cross­Government strategy

for England

(2008) (N: weight)

Sets

out ambition

to be

the

first m

ajor nation

to reverse

the

rising

tide

of obesity

and

overweight in

the

population

by

ensuring

that

everyone

is able

to

achieve

and

maintain

a healthy

weight.

Initial

focus

will

be

on

children: by

2020, aims

to

reduce

the

proportion

of

overweight and

obese

children

to 2000

levels.

The

LDF

can

contribute

to the

ambition

through

a range

of

supportive

policies

that include

but are

not limited

to:

•

Provision

and

renewal of play

areas

•

School playgrounds

designed

to

encourage

varied

and

active

play

•

Prioritise

developments

that address

the

need

for people

to

be

physically

active

as

part

of daily

life

•

Prioritise

modes

of transport

that involve

physical activity

when

developing

roads

•

Public

open

space

to be

accessible

by

foot or by

bicycle

•

Business, office

development to

be

linked

to walking

and

cycling

networks

Better Health,

Fairer Health: NHS

(2008) (R10)

Vision: T

he

North

East environment

will

be

the

most

conducive

to health

in

the

country,

maximising

its

natural resources

to

the

best advantage

of its

people, and

designing

its

economy, buildings,

spaces, transport

and

other

infrastructure

to

maximise

health

and

wellbeing

sustainably.

Relevant actions:

•

High

priority

to

be

given

to

developments

that increase

walking

and

cycling

The

Integrated

Regional

Framework

for the

North

East (2007)

(R1h)

With

the

North

East

recognised

as

the

unhealthiest region

in

England,

encouraging

Tees

Valley

Green

Infrastructure

Strategy

(2008)

(SR7b)

The

vision

of the

strategy

is to

develop

network

of

green

corridors

and

green

spaces

by

2021. Meeting

this

aim

will

help

to

influence

the

Tees

Valley

population’s

access

to

open

spaces

to

increase

participation

in

recreation

also

achieving

associated

mental

health

benefits.

Tees

Valley

Sport

Sub

Regional

Facilities

Strategy

(2009) (SRTV)

• Swimming

pool

supply

well above

national average

and

utilised

capacity

is lower

than

average

• M

any

pools

are

of

an

age/condition

that is

worse

than

the

national

average

• Sports

hall supply

is

in line

with

the

regional average

but there

are

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

– One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1g)

A healthy

Darlington

is one

of the

delivery

themes

of the

SCS. Under this

theme

aims

include:

•

Making

sure

that everyone

has

access

to

affordable

decent homes

•

Providing

attractive, accessible

and

safe

environments

in all neighbourhoods

that support

relaxation

and

physical activities

like

walking

and

cycling

•

Ensure

that everyone

across

the

borough

has

easy, affordable

access

to

health

facilities

and

to

all the

essential services

that contribute

to

health

and

wellbeing

Darlington

Borough

Council

– Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

(L3e)

Top

priorities

include:

Narrow

the

gaps

in life

expectancy

between

Darlington

and

England

as

a whole

and

within

Dalrlington

•

Improve

access

to

sport

and

leisure

•

Implement the

Darlington

Alcohol S

trategy

•

Plan

for an

ageing

population

•

Develop

parks/countryside

green

exercise

agenda

DBC

Sports

and

Physical Activity

Facilities

Strategy

(2009) (L: sport)

The

strategy

recommends

that:

•

The

current provision

of swimming

pools

and

heath

and

fitness

facilities

is protected

•

Access

to

school facilities

is im

proved

•

Quality

of school facilities

are

improved

•

An

additional provision

of one

sports

hall is

required

•

Increase

use

of community

halls

etc

•

Development of indoor tennis

provision

•

A specialist gymnastics

facility

is provided

•

An

additional provision

of at least one

STP

•

Improvement of MUGA’s

in parks

•

Improvements

to

athletics

facilities

are

required

•

Facilities

to

accommodate

cycling

are

needed

•

Additional active

play

facilities

such

as

skate

parks

and

bmx

tracks

are

needed

DBC

Playing

Pitch

Strategy

(2009) (L: Pitch)

Identifies:

­Significant under supply

of junior football pitches

­General poor quality

of pitches

­Loss

of pitches

due

to

development ­whilst some

of these

have

been

replaced

elsewhere, they

are

of

The

MPAGDPD

can

improve

health

and

recreation

in the

Borough

by:

Ensuring

polices,

designations

and

new

development sites

incorporate

and

protect

existing

open

space, cycle

and

walking

routes.

MPAGDPD

to allocate

open

space

in areas

of need

in

the

Borough

Locations

of new

development sites

to

promote

walking

and

cycling

activity

Ensure

new

development

sites

identified

have

adequate

provision

of

community

facilities

for

providing

social support

(effect on

mental w

ellbeing)

Ensure

location

either have

or will

be

provided

with

adequate

provision

of play

areas.

Locations

to

provide

adequate

provision

to health

care

services

MPAGDPD

to allocate

additional community

facilities

where

needs

identified.

Appraisal of identified

locations

and

allocations

to

consider and

include:

­Loss/creation

of open

space

­Loss/creation

of sports

recreation

facilities

and

playing

pitches

­Provision

of play

areas,

community

facilities

and

premises

of creative

businesses

and

organisations

in relation

to

location

of

development

(particularly

new

housing)

­Ability

of location

to

encourage

walking

and

cycling

activity

­Access

to

health

care

services

from

location

­Capacity

of current

health

care

services

­Effect of location

on

improving

health

and

wellbeing

in areas

of

health

inequality

Include

criterion

of

facilitating

improvement

of existing

green/space/sports/play

area

17

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

     

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

HEALTH

AND

RECREATION

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

to

enable

every

individual to

participate

in sport

and

notably:

•

to ensure

that all young

people

should

have

the

opportunity

to

receive

physical education

instruction

and

the

opportunity

to

acquire

basic

sports

skills,

•

to ensure

that everyone

should

have

the

opportunity

to take

part

in sport

and

physical

recreation

in a

safe

and

healthy

environment,

and, in

co­

operation

with

the

appropriate

sports

organisations:

•

to ensure

that everyone

with

the

interest and

ability

should

have

the

opportunity

to im

prove

their

standard

of perform

ance

in

sport

and

reach

levels

of

personal achievement and/or

publicly

recognised

levels

of

excellence.

Mental Health

Action

Plan

for

Europe: World

Health

Organisation

(2005) (E18)

Recognises

that m

ental health

and

well­being

are

fundamental to

quality

of life. M

ental health

is an

essential

component of social cohesion,

productivity

and

stability

in the

living

environment,

social capital and

economic

development in

societies.

The

plan

recognises

that the

physical environment can

have

a

positive

or negative

impact on

mental health.

Actions

relevant to

the

LDF

and

SA

include:

•

Improve

access

to

physical

activity

for older people.

•

Assess

the

potential impact on

the

mental w

ell­being

of the

population

before

its

introduction

•

Promote

the

development of

community

centres

for older

people

to

increase

social

support

A Sporting

Future

for All

(2000) (N49)

The

Government has

high

aspirations

for sport. A

ims

include:

•

more

people

of all ages

and

all social groups

taking

part

in

sport; and

•

more

success

for our top

competitors

The

LDF

has

a part

to

play

in:

•

Improving

current sports

facilities

•

Developing

and

enhancing

infrastructure

such

as

sports

and

recreation

facilities, parks, playing

pitches

courts

and

MUGAs

Making

It Happen

(2002) (N53)

Health

strategies

and

strategies

for

regeneration

and

sustainable

development will

need

to be

mutually

reinforcing

and

should

address

the

significance

of m

ental health.

Time

for Play: Encouraging

Greater Play

Opportunities

for

Children

and

Young

People

(2006) (N54)

Recognises

that “things

to

do, places

to

go” are

vitally

important.

Play

facilities

will

help

keep

children

fit and

healthy, help

tackle

the

growing

issue

of obesity

and

provide

parents

with

places

where

they

are

happy

to

let their

children

spend

their

free

time.”

Planning

can

be

a tool for:

•

Protecting

and

enhancing

existing

play­space

and

associated

facilities

•

Identifying

needs

and

opportunities

for improvements

Green

Space, Better Places: Final Report

of the

Urban

Green

Spaces

Task

Force

(May

2002) (N55)

Identifies

that parks

and

green

spaces

are

a popular resource,

which

can

make

a valuable

contribution

to

the

attractiveness

of a

neighbourhood

and

to

the

health

and

well being

of local people.

LDF

policies

should:

•

promote

the

importance

of strategic

green

space

planning

in

developing

and

enhancing

networks

of urban

green

space

•

Protect urban

green

space

from

development,

where

local

schools, people

and

communities

need

them

•

Promote

planning

mechanisms

in particular section

106

agreements

to

deliver a

better mix

of green

spaces

healthier lifestyles

and

diets

is

important to

help

reduce

long

term

illness. S

port,

exercise

and

active

recreation

should

be

promoted, and

require

access

to

safe, green

and

open

spaces

for

activity, use

of active

design, and

access

to

the

natural

environment.

Access

to

high

quality

housing

is im

portant

for the

health

of the

region, and

these

factors

combine

to

improve

the

well­

being

and

mental

health

of the

population.

NE

Regional

Facilities

Strategy

(2008) (R: Fac)

identifies

weaknesses

in

public

sector sport

provision, including:

• Shortfall of

swimming

pools

• Shortfall of

Synthetic

Turf

Pitches

• Ageing

facility

stock

(across

all

facility

types)

• Access

to

facilities,

particularly

on

education

sites

and

at peak

times

• Lack

of regionally

significant

facilities

(for some

sports)

some

access

issues

on

school/college

sites

• Low

provision

of

Synthetic

Turf

Pitches

and

health

and

fitness

gyms, high

number of indoor

bowls

rinks

poorer quality

­Overall net loss

of pitches

­Changing

facilities

are

severely

lacking

­Proposes

hub

and

spoke

hierarchical approach

to pitch

provision.

­Proposes

that loss

of a

playing

pitch

should

only

be

considered

under certain

conditions

and

criteria

Darlington

Play

and

Free

Time

Strategy

2007

– 2012

(L21)

Relevant priorities

include:

•

Access

for all

– all children

and

young

people

should

be

able

to access

quality

play

and

free

time

opportunities

and

should

not be

disadvantaged

by

where

they

live, their

cultural or socio­

economic

background, their

disabilities

and

special needs, or their

age

•

Youth

provision

– Access

to

quality

play

and

free

time

opportunities

for all age

groups

from

0 to

18

years

is a

priority,

Darlington

Children

and

Young

People’s

Plan

(2008­2011) (L12c)

Priorities

relating

to

health

include:

•

Promote

healthy

eating

and

more

exercise

•

Improve

opportunities

for play

for all children

and

young

people

•

Improve

school buildings

and

play

grounds

Darlington

Open

Space

Strategy

(2007­2012) (L5b)

Aims

to

provide, protect and

enhance

a variety

of high

quality, accessible

open

and

green

spaces

throughout the

Borough, linking

with

the

cultural and

natural heritage

of the

area

that are:

• Well designed

and

maintained

• Sustainable

• Safe

• Promote

health, w

ell being

and

enjoyment,

improving

the

quality

of life

for residents

and

visitors

to

the

Borough

Issues

to

be

addressed

by

the

strategy

that have

a bearing

on

health

include:

• Poor level of provision

in several parts

of the

town, often

coinciding

with

the

areas

of greatest need,

in term

s of lack

of private

open

space, poor health

and

low

mobility

• Poor quality

across, particularly, semi­natural and

natural green

spaces

and

inform

al recreation

sites.

• The

impact that public

access

or otherwise

to

school playing

fields

can

have

on

the

overall level of

accessible

open

space

• Lost opportunities

for open

space

provision

and

enhancement in

association

with

new

development

• The

evolving

open

space

needs

of an

ageing

population

Darlington

Rights

of Way

Improvement Plan

(L22)

Identifies

that access

to

good

quality

countryside

is im

portant for mental and

physical health

as

it

provides

opportunities

for safe

outdoor recreation

and

exercise, for relaxation

and

escape

from

the

stresses

of urban

life. O

bjectives

relevant to

the

LDF

include:

• Provide

much­improved

access

for all people, to

semi natural areas

and

the

countryside.

• The

need

for good

quality, accessible

routes

near to

where

people

live

• Better access

across

physical barriers, especially

the

road

network, but also

on

the

ROW

network

itself.

Darlington’s

Alcohol Harm

Reduction

Strategy

2008­2011

Targets

include

reducing

alcohol related

crime

and

disorder by

working

with

partners

to

manage

the

Town

Centre

effectively.

An

Allotments

Strategy

for Darlington

Allotment provision

is focussed

in the

less

densely

populated

parts

of the

borough, especially

the

south

west.

Actions

include:

Identify

further opportunities

for land

allocation

for new

allotm

ents

through

negotiations

with

developers.

Include

a clause

on

allotm

ents

to

protect and

enhance

current and

future

provision

within

the

Local

MPAGDPD

to ensure

policies, designations

and

locations

of development

protect sport

and

recreation

facilities

including

playing

pitches

MPAGDPD

to allocate

sports

and

recreational

facilities

and

playing

pitches

to

address

current

deficiencies

Engage

Drug

and

Alcohol

Treatm

ent T

eam

in

consultation

on

document

Facilitate

improvement of

existing

accessible

green

space

and

sports

facilities

Facilitate

construction

of

new

accessible

green

space

and

sports

and

play

facilities

MGP

DPD

to allocate

new

allotm

ent sites, especially

in

areas

of underprovision.

Protect and

enhance

allotm

ent provision.

Provide

incubator

accommodation

for creative

businesses.

Provide

an

arts

hub.

18

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

    

   

  

  

      

    

    

  

     

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

      

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

HEALTH

AND

RECREATION

International/

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

Development F

ramework.

Creative

Darlington: Investing

in a

Creative

Community

Three

key

requirements

identified:

• Arts

hub

(a

single

building

or closely

co­located

facilities)

• C

hildren

and

young

peoples’ theatre

• Strategic

function

Actions

include:

• Public

Art

– im

plement schemes

at Parkside

development and

at D

enes

entrances

• W

ork

with

Turning

Point N

orth

East to

develop

visual arts

practice, development and

partnerships

in

the

north

east,

linking

to the

national T

urning

Point N

etwork

• D

evelop

a strategic

approach

to encouraging

and

growing

creative

businesses

within

wider

regeneration

strategy

• Investigate

opportunities

for providing

incubator accommodation

for creative

businesses

and

artists’

workspaces, linked

if appropriate

to proposals

for future

arts

venues

• Identify

and

respond

to the

creative

or business

skills

training

needs

of people

working

in or seeking

to

establish

creative

businesses

• R

eview

and

carry

forward

strategy

on

public

art

within

wider regeneration

and

environmental

programmes

• Promote

the

value

of the

arts

within

wider regeneration

programmes

in their

contribution

to quality

of

life, attracting

investm

ent,

retaining

talented

and

enterprising

people

and

as

engagement channel

HERITAGE

AND

LAND/TOWN

SCAPE

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

The

European

Landscape

Convention

(2000) (E20)

Encourages

public

authorities

to

adopt policies

and

measures

at local,

regional,

national and

international

level for

protecting,

managing

and

planning

landscapes

throughout

Europe. It

covers

all

landscapes,

both

outstanding

and

ordinary,

that determ

ine

the

quality

of

people’s

living

environment.

It

introduced

the

concept of

"landscape

Planning

(Listed

Buildings

and

Conservation

Areas) Act (1990) (N56)

Buildings

which

are

listed

or which

lie

within

a conservation

area

are

protected

by

law

under

this

Act.

Prior consent is

required

for the

following:

• All works

affecting

a scheduled

monument or the

ground

surrounding

it require

scheduled

monument consent

• The

demolition

or alteration

of a

listed

building

and

historic

structures

within

its

grounds

requires

listed

building

consent

• The

demolition

of an

unlisted

building

in a

conservation

area

requires

conservation

area

consent

• Alterations

to

the

exterior of all buildings

may

also

require

planning

perm

ission

and

an

application

may

be

needed

for some

works

to

houses

in conservation

areas

Ancient Monuments

and

Archaeological Areas

Act (1979) (N57) Section

61(12) defines

sites

that w

arrant protection

due

to their

being

of national importance

as

'ancient m

onuments'.

These

can

be

either Scheduled

Ancient M

onuments

or "any

other monument which

in the

opinion

of the

Secretary

of S

tate

is of public

interest by

reason

of the

historic, architectural,

traditional,

artistic

or archaeological interest attaching

to it".

Damage

to an

ancient m

onument

is a

criminal offence

and

any

works

taking

place

within

one

require

Scheduled

Monument

Consent from

the

Secretary

of S

tate.

White

Paper Heritage

Protection

for the

21st Century

(2007) (N62)

Reflects

the

importance

of the

heritage

protection

system

in preserving

heritage

for people

to

enjoy

now

and

in

the

future

(central to

delivering

sustainable

communities).

The

proposals

are

based

around

core

principles:

• Developing

a unified

approach

to the

historic

environment;

• Supporting

sustainable

communities

by

putting

the

historic

environment at the

heart

of an

effective

planning

system.

• Provide

the

community

with

a sense

of character,

distinctiveness

and

identity

and

makes

it

somewhere

where

people

want to

live.

The

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East (2007) (R1h)

Promoting, enhancing

and

respecting

the

region’s

culture

and

heritage

is one

of the

objectives

of the

IRF. It is

recognised

that the

historic

environment

is irreplaceable

The

North

East of England

Regional Spatial

Strategy

to

2021

(R2j)

In

relation

to landscape

character the

RSS

recommends

policies

should:

• have

regard

to

landscape

character

assessments

• promote

integrated

management initiatives

to

sustain

nationally, regionally

and

locally

valued

landscapes,

• recognise

the

role

that character­based

planning

tools

such

as

Town

Design

Statements, V

illage

Design

Statements, C

ountryside

Design

Summaries

and

Concept S

tatements

can

play

in

promoting

high

quality

development that

respects

local character and

distinctiveness;

• Incorporate

the

findings

of C

atchment Flood

Management P

lans.

In regards

to

the

historic

environment the

LDF

should:

• clearly

identify

and

assess

the

significance

of

any

heritage

assets

and

their

vulnerability

to

change

• encourage

the

refurbishment and

re­use

of

appropriate

disused

or under­used

buildings

and

Natural England

Tees

Lowlands

Landscape

Character

Assessment (1994) (SR1)

Most of D

arlington

borough

sits

within

the

Tees

Lowlands.

Recommendations

made

within

this

report

in relation

to

the

entirety

of the

Tees

Lowland

area

include:

• Conservation

and

management of existing

field

boundaries

• Restoration

and

management of both

built

and

natural

features

within

historic

parklands

and

estate

landscapes

• W

oodland

planting

• Countryside

gateway

sites

and

recreational access

development

• Enhancement of degraded

river and

stream

corridors

• Re­creation

of damaged

landscapes

associated

with

intrusive

infrastructure

Development should

respect the

character and

distinctiveness

of the

local landscape

Natural England

Durham

Magnesian

Limestone

Plateau

Landscape

Character Assessment (1994) (SR2)

A small part

of Darlington

borough

is in

this

national

character area. Recommendations

made

within

this

report

in

relation

to

the

entirety

of the

Durham

Magnesian

Limestone

Plateau

area

include:

• M

anagement of woodland

on

the

limestone

escarpment,

and

creation

of new

broadleaved

woodland

around

urban

settlements

and

transport

corridors.

• The

conservation

and

management of existing

field

boundaries, particularly

older hedgerows, including

creating

broader uncultivated

field

margins

and

the

planting

of hedgerows.

• Consider the

restoration

of limestone

quarries

to

limestone

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

– One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021)

(L1h)

Cultural issues

are

addressed

in

the

Aspiring

Darlington

delivery

theme. P

riority

to:

•

Expand

the

existing

range

of

arts

and

cultural businesses

and

services

primarily

through

the

Central P

ark

and

Town

Centre

Fringe

projects

Land/Townscape

issues

are

addresses

in the

Greener

Darlington

delivery

theme. P

riority

to:

•

Maintain

and

enhance

the

attractive

character and

ambience

of the

town

centre

and

the

borough, and

make

sure

that new

development

is well­designed

and

complements

Darlington’s

character

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Area

Character

Appraisals

(L24)

Conservation

Area

designation

is

the

main

instrument available

to local

authorities

to

give

effect to

Need

to

consider the

impact of

designations, policies, new

development sites

and

allocations

on

landscape

character.

Locations

for

development m

ust relate

well

to the

geography

and

history

of land

and

sit well in

the

pattern

of existing

development.

In determ

ining

the

location

of

new

development sites

and

land

allocations

regard

to

available

landscape

and

historic

character

assessments

must be

taken.

The

location

of new

development sites

and

allocations

must ensure

that

they

will

not cause

a

detrimental affect on

listed

buildings, conservation

areas,

ancient m

onuments

and

archaeological areas.

Archaeological surveys

may

be

required

In determ

ining

the

locations

of

new

development sites

and

land

allocations

consider the

Appraisal of

identified

locations

and

allocations

to

consider:

­The

ability

of the

identified

locations

to

protect and

enhance

heritage

and

landscape

value

­The

potential for

the

location

to help

improve

access

to

and

understanding

of heritage

and

historic

assets

Include

criterion

of

responding

to

consultation

responses,

particularly

on

landscape

Include

criterion

of

protecting

ancient

woodland

Follow

recommendations

of Landscape

Character

19

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

     

       

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

             

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

HERITAGE

AND

LAND/TOWN

SCAPE

European

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

quality

objectives"

into

the

protection,

management

and

planning

of geographical

areas

whereby:

Every

planning

action

or

project should

improve

landscape

quality, or at

least not bring

about a

decline. T

he

effects

of

projects,

whatever their

scale, on

landscape

should

therefore

be

evaluated

and

rules

relating

to

those

effects

defined. E

ach

planning

action

or

project should

not only

match, but

also

be

appropriate

to

the

features

of

the

places.

• Provide

the

starting

point for imaginative

and

successful urban

and

rural regeneration.

• provides

a focal point for engaging

communities

in decisions

about preservation

and

development.

Building

a Sense

of Local Belonging

(2009) (N:belong)

Identifies

that a

sense

of belonging

to

the

immediate

neighbourhood

is a

key

indicator of community

cohesion. Recognises

that people

may

connect to

a place

through

its

buildings, particular landmarks, natural features,

parks

or other symbols

and

that events

such

as

celebrations, festivals, carnivals

and

public

art

can

contribute

to building

a sense

of belonging.

Building

in context:

new

development in

historic

areas

(N:context)

States

that conservation

areas

and

other sensitive

sites

are

not being

well served

by

the

development w

hich

is taking

place

within

them. Identifies

that successful projects

will:

• Relate

well to

the

geography

and

history

of the

place

and

the

lie

of the

land

• Sit

happily

in the

pattern

of existing

development

• Respect important views

• Respect the

sacle

of neighbouring

buildings

• Use

materials

and

building

methods

which

are

as

high

in quality

as

those

used

in the

existing

building

• Create

new

views

All

Landscapes

Matter,

Natural England

Position

Statement (2010) (N:Land)

Policies

include:

• All landscapes

matter.

They

should

be

managed, planned

and

protected

to be

distinctive

and

highly

valued

and

provide

a range

of ecosystem

services.

• need

to

plan

and

manage

this

change

to

ensure

that all landscapes

in the

future

respond

to

society’s

changing

needs

and

values

whilst retaining

diversity

and

distinctiveness.

• The

intent and

measures

of the

European

Landscape

Convention

should

be

integrated

more

comprehensively

into

national,

regional and

local strategies, policies, processes

and

actions

which

affect E

ngland’s

landscapes

and

their

enjoyment and

understanding

by

the

public.

• How

and

why

society

values

landscape

needs

to

be

better captured, translated

and

fully

represented

in decision­m

aking.

• Positive

benefits

through

landscape

enhancement should

be

sought through

the

design

of

development and

infrastructure.

Court

of Appeal Decision

[2011] EWCA

Civ

334

R(SAVE

Britain's

Heritage) v

Secretary

of State

Quashes points

a­d

of the

Demolition

Order 1995: Planning

perm

ission

now

required

for demolition

of non­residential buildings, and

of residential buildings

where

there

would

be

a significant effect on

the

environment.

incorporating

them

into

regeneration

schemes;

• seek

to

preserve, in

situ, archaeological sites

of

national importance

and, where

appropriate,

other archaeological remains

of regional and

local importance;

• recognise

the

opportunities

for heritage

led

regeneration

to

be

used

in a

constructive

way

• consider preparing, and

regularly

maintaining,

lists

of locally

important buildings

for their

areas,

and

set out policies

in LDFs, w

hich

seek, as

far

as

possible, their

protection

against

inappropriate

change.

North

East Strategy

for the

Environment (2008)

(R:es6)

Objectives

to:

protect and

enhance

the

region’s

historic

environments

and

heritage

assets

and

ensure

that

their

worth

is recognised

and

invested

in, enhancing

their

benefits

to

society.

Protect and

enhance

the

region’s

landscapes,

ensuring

they

are

recognised

for the

vital

contribution

they

make

to sense

of place

in

attracting

and

retaining

investm

ent,

talent and

tourism.

Natural England, Countryside

Character

Volume

1: North

East (R:CCV)

•

Recognises

that the

countryside

is a

priceless

national asset that is

fundamental to

our

identity

•

Recognises

that understanding

in relation

to

what contributes

to

the

character of the

countryside

is required, and

what m

ay

influence

it in

the

future

Encourages

everyone

to

respect the

character of

the

countryside

and

take

account of what m

ay

affect it in

decision

making

grasslands

and

their

associated

habitats, the

consolidation

and

extension

of existing

semi­natural features, and

the

conservation

of important geological exposures.

Natural England

Durham

Coalfield

Pennine

Fringe

Landscape

Character Assessment (1994) (SR3)

A small part

of Darlington

borough

is in

this

national

character area. Recommendations

made

within

this

report

in

relation

to

the

entirety

of the

Durham

Coalfield

Pennine

Fringe

area

include:

• The

conservation

and

management of traditional

landscape

features, including

dry

stone

walls, hedges,

hedgerow

trees, semi­natural w

oodlands, m

oorland

and

wetlands.

• The

conservation

of historic

landscapes

and

historic

landscape

features, including

parklands, green

villages

and

industrial artefacts

and

landmarks.

• In

agricultural areas, the

planting

of hedges,

woodlands

and

the

incorporation

of other habitats, where

appropriate.

• Coniferous

woodlands, when

they

reach

maturity

and

are

felled, w

ould

benefit from

restructuring, to

include

the

introduction

of native

broadleaved

species

and

a m

ore

diverse

age

structure.

Limestone

Landscapes

Historic

Environment Audit

and

Action

Plan

(2009)

Assesses

the

historic

environment of the

Durham

Magnesian

Limestone

Plateau.

Identitifies

two

sites

in Darlington

Borough

among

the

25

key

historic

assets

in the

area:

Shackleton

Beacon. Identifies

problem

of lack

of public

access

and

woodland

cover damaging

and

obscuring

the

remains

from

view. Identifies

potential for perm

issive

public

access

and

low­key

interpretation

at the

site, and

proposes

a

detailed

site

survey

and

removal of trees

(to

be

substituted

by

planting

at the

base

of the

hill) and

stabilisation

of the

windmill

ruin.

Middridge/Shildon. P

roposes

to

incorporate

the

footpaths

around

Middridge

Grange

into

a circular heritage

walk

based

on

the

National R

ailw

ay

Museum, just across

the

borough

boundary. Also

to enhance

and

restore

historic

hedgerows

around

Middridge

Grange.

States

need

to produce

list of locally

important buildings

and

a

Conservation

Area

Character Appraisal and

Management

Plan

for Heighington

conservation

policies

for a

particular neighbourhood

or area.

The

LDF

will

need

to have

regard

to

the

conservation

area

character

appraisals

undertaken

for the

conservation

areas

at:

•

Coatham

Mundeville

•

Denton

•

Bishopton

•

Northgate

•

Victoria

Embankment

•

Cockerton

•

Piercebridge

•

Town

Centre

•

West E

nd

•

Middleton

One

Row

Darlington

Characterisation

Study

(2008)

L25)

Provides

analysis

of the

built

form

for each

part

of the

Borough, the

location, type

and

form

of

development,

identifying

key

characteristics

and

distinctive

features

to

be

reflected

in design.

As

a result

of the

study, 7

character zones

have

been

identified

as:

•

Town

centre

•

Town

centre

fringe

•

Inner suburban

•

Outer suburbs

•

Rural area

•

Employment zone

•

Transport

node

and

local

services

The

zones

are

based

on

their

distinctive

townscape, patterns

of

development,

approaches

to

detailing

or presence

of open

spaces

or modern

buildings

and

many

other components

that are

distinctive

to

the

zone.

potential of the

location

for

bringing

buildings

back

into

use.

Reflect locally

valued

aspects

of landscape

in policy, by

drawing

on

consultation

responses.

Designate

sites

of heritage

interest for particular themes

Designate

ancient w

oodland

Follow

recommendations

of

landscape

character

assessments

in preparing

policies

on

habitat creation.

Follow

recommendations

of

conservation

area

appraisals

when

designating

or allocating

sites

in or near those

areas.

Include

criteria­based

policy

on

demolitions

Appraisals

and

Conservation

Area

Character

Appraisals

when

assessing

sites

and

policies.

HOUSING

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

The

Housing

Act (2004) (N65)

Aims

to

help

protect the

most vulnerable

in

society

while

creating

a fairer housing

market for all those

who

own, rent or let

residential property. It

will

also

strengthen

The

North

East of England

Regional Spatial Strategy

to

2021

(R2k)

States

that delivering

sustainable

communities

Tees

Valley

Sub

Regional Housing

Strategy

(2007) (SR16)

Regards

Housing

Market Renewal as

fundamental to

the

wider economic

regeneration

of the

Tees

Valley. P

riorities

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

– One

Darlington

Perfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) (L1i)

Housing

issues

are

addressed

in the

Prosperous

Darlington

delivery

theme. P

riority

to

expand

the

stock

of affordable

housing,

making

sure

that future

housing

development m

eets

the

needs

of an

ageing

population, m

aking

all new

dwellings

carbon

neutral as

well as

enhancing

choice

across

the

housing

market.

Need

to

allocate

gypsy

and

traveller sites/pitches

to

meet identified

need

Allocate

housing

sites

to

Appraisal of housing

development sites

and

gypsy

and

traveller sites

to

consider:

20

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

 

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

   

  

 

   

   

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

       

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

HOUSING

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

the

Government's

drive

to meet its

2010

decent homes

target.

Further requires

LA’s

to

assess

the

accommodation

needs

of

Gypsies

and

Travellers

Planning

Policy

Statement 3: Housing

(2006) (N67)

Ensure

that everyone

has

the

opportunity

of living

in a

decent home, w

hich

they

can

afford, in

a community

where

they

want to

live.

•

Make

available

a wide

range

of

affordable

and

market housing

to

meet the

needs

of the

community

•

Create

a better balance

between

demand

and

supply

in every

housing

market and

to

improve

affordable

housing

•

Ensure

that m

ixed

communities

in all

areas

are

sustainable

and

within

easy

access

of services

•

Bring

into

residential use

empty

housing

and

buildings

Homes

for the

Future: More

Affordable,

More

Sustainable

(2007) (N69)

Vision

for:

Everyone

to

have

access

to

a decent

home

at a

price

they

can

afford, in

a place

where

they

want to

live

and

work. G

ood

quality, affordable

housing

enables

stable

and

secure

family

lives: w

e are

all

healthier,

happier and

wealthier when

we

have

decent homes

close

to schools,

healthcare

and

transport

links.

Sets

out our proposals

to

improve

the

housing

fabric

of our society

by

providing:

•

More

homes

to

meet growing

demand;

•

Well­designed

and

greener homes,

linked

to good

schools, transport

and

healthcare;

•

More

affordable

homes

to

buy

or rent.

•

Target to

provide

3 million

new

homes

nationally

by

2020

with

2

million

by

2016

Strategic

Housing

Land

Availability

Assessment:

Identifying

appropriate

land

for housing

development (2007)

(N70)

A top

priority

for Government is

to

ensure

that land

availability

is not a

constraint on

the

delivery

of m

ore

homes. T

he

primary

role

of the

Strategic

Housing

Land

Availability

Assessment is

to:

•

identify

sites

with

potential for

housing;

•

assess

their

housing

potential;

and

•

assess

when

they

are

likely

to

be

developed

requires

high

quality

housing

and

living

environments

in

sustainable

locations

to

facilitate

and

support

accelerated

economic

growth.

Local D

evelopment F

rameworks

and

planning

proposals

should:

•

provide

for average

annual

net additions

to

the

dwelling

stock, by

district,

for the

financial years

2004­2021,

as

identified

below:

Darlington

•

2004/11

– 525

•

2011/16

– 340

•

2016/21

– 265

•

2004/21

– 395

70%

of new

homes

built

in Tees

Valley

should

be

prioritised

on

previously

developed

land

North

East England

Regional

Housing

Strategy: Quality

Places

for a

Dynamic

Region

(2007) (R12)

Sets

out 4

objectives:

•

to rejuvenate

the

housing

stock

including

the

provision

of high

quality

housing

for rent,

for sale

and

for shared

ownership

to

meet 21st C

entury

aspirations;

•

to ensure

the

supply, type

and

mix

of new

housing

for

rent and

for sale

meets

social and

economic

needs,

provides

choice

and

supports

growth.

•

to secure

the

improvement

and

maintenance

of

existing

housing

•

to promote

good

management and

targeted

housing

investm

ent to

address

specific

community

and

social needs

North

East Strategy

for the

Environment (2008) (R:es7)

Objective

to:

Raise

the

quality

of the

region’s

housing

and

its

surroundings

to

contribute

towards

the

creation

of sustainable

communities,

economic

development and

a

high

quality

environment.

include:

•

provision

of decent homes

•

supporting

vulnerable

members

of the

community

•

prevention

of homelessness

•

transform

ation

of failing

areas

into

truly

sustainable

communities

Tees

Valley

Strategic

Housing

Market

Assessment (2009) (SR17)

The

assessment identifies

the

following

in

relation

to

the

Tees

Valley

Housing

Market:

•

A strong

desire

(25%) for detached

houses

which

exceeds

the

proportion

of

the

dwelling

stock

(15%)

•

A preference

for terraced

housing

(19%)

is considerably

less

than

the

stock

(28%)

(As

a result there

will

need

to

be

a change

over time

in the

stock

balance

or a

shift in

the

image

of parts

of the

stock)

•

11%

of households

prefer a

flat w

hilst this

type

of dwelling

is 7%

of the

stock

so

there

is scope

for more

flats, but not at

the

high

proportions

in the

recent new

build

pipeline.

•

Strong

demand

for 2

rather than

3

bedroom

houses

(particularly

in

Darlington) and

a slight under­provision

of 4

bedroom

or larger.

However,

the

in

migrants

household

market is

more

strongly

oriented

to 3

or 4

bedroom

homes

•

Executive

housing

developments

in the

Tees

Valley

have

been

successful

•

Private

rented

sector plays

a major role

in

meeting

housing

need. H

owever,

there

are

issues

over quality

of the

stock

•

Estimation

that Darlington

should

contribute

626

affordable

homes

to the

Tees

Valley

requirement of 2244

over 5

years

•

Addressing

the

housing

market

requirements

of older people

is going

to

be

a challenge. (80%

would

want to

continue

to live

in their

current home)

•

The

need

for supported

accommodation

is

expected

to increase

in the

future.

Tees

Valley

Gypsy

and

Traveller

Accommodation

Need

Assessment

(TVGTA) (2009) (SR18)

LA’s

have

a requirement to

develop

and

implement

strategies

to

respond

to

the

accommodation

needs

of the

Gypsy

and

Traveller communities

living

in their

areas

as

part

of their

wider

housing

strategies. T

he

assessment identifies

that Darlington

will

need

to

locate

and

additional 98

pitches

between

2007

and

2026

Strategic

Housing

Land

Availability

Assessment (SHLAA) (2009) (L26)

Purpose

is to

identify

and

quantify

sources

of housing

land

supply

in the

Borough

for the

next fifteen

years

or so. A

shortfall in

meeting

the

RSS

housing

targets

have

been

identified

due

to

the

following

constraints:

•

willingness

of landowners

to

sell land

in current m

arket conditions

•

Willingness

of house

builders

to

build

in current m

arket conditions

•

Lack

of resolutions

to

sell Council owned

sites

•

Requirement to

remediate

contamination

on

several identified

urban

sites

However:

•

26

potential housing

sites

are

identified

as

suitable

for housing

development,

capable

of delivering

2602

dwellings

•

35

potential housing

sites

are

considered

available

for housing

development,

capable

of delivering

some

11,659

dwellings.

•

9 potential housing

sites

have

been

identified

as

being

capable

of delivering

649

dwellings

in the

period

2011­2016, with

a

further 8

sites

considered

capable

of delivering

709

dwellings

in the

period

2016­2021

and

2 sites

capable

of delivering

448

dwellings

in the

period

2021­2026.

Darlington

Housing

Strategy

(2008­2012) (L27)

Areas

of work

include:

•

Private

sector regeneration

(identifies

4 priority

wards

which

exhibit

higher levels

of non­decent housing)

•

Improvements

to

the

Council’s

stock

•

Meeting

the

needs

of older people

•

Supported

accommodation

•

Balancing

the

supply

and

demand

for social housing

•

Delivering

affordable

housing

accessible

to

all

•

More

sustainable

development –

commitment to

exploring

renewable

energy

sources

and

reviewing

new

build

specifications

Older Persons’ Housing

Strategy

(2007) (L28)

Identifies

that a

growing

older population

in Darlington

necessitates

consideration

of housing

and

support

needs, both

in the

near and

longer term

future. P

riorities

for action

in housing

and

support

for older people

have

been

grouped

under five

key

areas

•

Diversity

and

Choice: O

lder people

should

have

the

opportunity

to

be

able

to

exercise

choice

over where

they

live

and

the

services

they

receive.

•

Inform

ation

and

Advice: E

ffective

inform

ation

and

advice

about housing

options

and

the

type

of support

services

available

to

older people

empowers

them

to

make

inform

ed

choices

about their

futures; w

hether to

move

or remain

at home.

•

Flexible

Service

Provision: S

ervices

should

be

flexible

to

respond

to

the

changing

needs

of older people

•

Quality: T

he

provision

of a

good

quality

housing

and

related

service

is essential to

the

health

and

well­bring

of older people

•

Joint W

orking: Joined

up

working

between

all agencies

involved

in the

housing, care

and

support

of older people

is

essential to

achieving

successful outcomes

in policy

development.

Private

Sector Housing

Renewal Strategy

(2008) (L29)

The

Private

Sector Housing

Strategy

sets

out how

the

Council aims

to tackle

housing

conditions

within

the

private

sector in

line

with

current legislation. T

his

includes

rented

and

owner­occupied

properties, in

order to

improve

the

lives

of our most vulnerable

residents, including

older people.

Darlington

Homelessness

Strategy

2010­15

(L30)

Objectives

include:

• Ensure

appropriate

accommodation

and

support

is secured

and

available

for the

statutorily

homeless.

(includes

the

availability

of good

quality

private

sector rented

flats, houses; hostels; specific

accommodation

for those

with

mental

health

problems)

• Increase

the

supply

of affordable

housing

and

maximise

the

use

of existing

resources.

Darlington

Local Housing

Assessment (2005) (L31)

Identifies

a need

for affordable

housing

for general needs

and

older person

housing. A

n acute

need

has

been

identified

in rural

areas, a

high

need

in the

Main

Area

and

a m

oderate

need

in the

Central and

South

East part

of D

arlington

Borough

Darlington

Local Housing

Assessment (2005) (L31)

Identifies

a need

for affordable

housing

for general needs

and

older person

housing. A

n acute

need

has

been

identified

in rural

areas, a

high

need

in the

Main

Area

and

a m

oderate

need

in the

Central and

South

East part

of D

arlington

Borough

Darlington

Urban

Capacity

Study

(2004) (L32)

Provides

a snapshot of the

estimated

potential capacity

for new

housing

within

the

main

urban

area

of D

arlington

and

the

Borough’s

larger serviced

villages.

meet demand

in term

s of

overall numbers

and

type

and

mix

of housing

required

(affordable, single

storey,

family

homes

etc)

Location

of housing

sites

to

be

well located

to services

and

public

transport

links

and

to

consider capacity

of

services, local schools

etc

Location

of housing

sites

to

be

prioritised

on

previously

developed

land

where

available

Increase

the

supply

of

affordable

housing

Encourage

the

provision

of

hostels

in sustainable

locations, and

of private

homes

suitable

for older

people.

Ensure

policies

meet the

strong

need

to remedy

deficiencies

in the

existing

housing

stock, especially

in

the

private

rented

sector.

Ensure

policies

prioritise

homes

in sustainable

locations

Facilitate

the

large

scale

regeneration

of council

houses.

­Location

in relation

to

shops, schools, health

care, employment sites

and

community

facilities.

­Location

in relation

to

walking, cycling

and

public

transport

links

­Ability

to strengthen

existing

communities

and/or contribute

to

housing

or general

regeneration

schemes

­Ability

to deliver

housing/pitches

to

meet

identified

needs

in the

Borough

– for example

affordable

housing

­Where

location

will

be

on

brownfield

sites

­Flood

risk

Include

criterion

of

providing

affordable

housing

Include

criterion

of

enabling

independent

living

for older people

Include

criterion

or even

objective

of increasing

the

quality

of existing

housing

21

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

HOUSING

National

Regional

City­regional

Local

Key

implications

for

the

MPAGDPD

Key

implications

for the

SA

Housing

capacity

of 2211

dwellings

has

been

identified

by

the

study

in

the

main

built

up

area

of Darlington

and

its

main

serviced

villages

Darlington

Housing

Strategy

and

Action

Plan

2012­17

Includes

the

objectives:

Work

with

residential developers

and

landowners

to

increase

the

number of houses

Work

in partnership

with

Registered

Providers

to

increase

the

number of affordable

houses

Increase

the

number of council houses

Increase

the

number of pitches for gypsies and

travellers

Continue

to effectively

manage

the

council‟

s retained

stock

Implement the

Asset Management Strategy

Work

in partnership

to deliver energy efficiency measures as part

of the

Green

Deal from

2013.

Ensure

new

housing

meets

sustainable

building

standards as set out in

the

Local P

lan

to be

resilient to

clim

ate

change

Increase

the

number of accredited

landlords.

Increase

the

number of houses in

multiple

occupation

which

are

free

from

Category

1 Hazards.

Reduce

the

number of non­decent homes.

Reduce

the

number of empty

homes

Agree

and

implement a

revised

master plan

for Central P

ark.

Implement the

remodelling

plans for Cockerton.

Prepare

and

agree

plans to

regenerate

Red

Hall Estate.

Prepare

a town

centre

fringe

area

master plan.

Sources

International/European

World

Summit

on

Sustainable

Development (2002) http://www.un.org/jsummit/htm

l/basic_info/basicinfo.htm

l United

Nations

Framework

Convention

on

Clim

ate

Change

(1992)

The

Kyoto

Protocol (2005) http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/conveng.pdf,

http://unfccc.int/kyoto_protocol/items/2830.php

UN

Convention

on

Biological D

iversity

(1992) http://www.cbd.int/

United

Nations

Convention

on

the

Rights

of the

Child

(Article

31) (1989) http://www.unicef.org/crc/

EU

Council Directive

01/42EC

Strategic

Environmental A

ssessment D

irective

(2001) http://www.environ.ie/en/Publications/Environment/Miscellaneous/FileDownLoad,1805,en.pdf

EU

Council Directive

08/50/EC

Air

Quality

Directive

(2008) http://www.defra.gov.uk/ENVIRONMENT/airquality/eu­int/eu­directives/airqual­directives/

EU

Council Directive

00/60/EC

Water Framework

Directive

(2000) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/water/water­framework/index_en.htm

l EU

Council Directive

80/68/EC

Groundwater Directive

(1980) http://eur­lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:372:0019:0031:EN:PDF.

EU

Council Directive

02/49/EC

Environmental N

oise

Directive

(2002) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/noise/home.htm

EU

Council Directive

92/42/EC

Habitats

Directive

(1992) http://eur­lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CONSLEG:1992L0043:20070101:EN:PDF

EU

Council Directive

97/49/EC

Birds

Directive

(1997) http://eur­lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=CELEX:31997L0049:EN:HTML

EU

Council Directive

99/31/EC

Landfill Directive

(1999) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/topics/landfill­dir/

A Sustainable

Europe

for a

Better World: A

European

Union

Strategy

for Sustainable

Development (2001) http://ec.europa.eu/sustainable/sds2001/index_en.htm

Soil Thematic

Strategy

(2006) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/soil/three_en.htm

Lisbon

Strategy: T

owards

a Europe

of Innovation

and

Knowledge

(2000) http://eur­lex.europa.eu/en/dossier/dossier_13.htm

Strategic

framework

for European

cooperation

in education

and

training

(2009) http://ec.europa.eu/education/lifelong­learning­policy/doc28_en.htm

White

Paper:

European

Transport

Policy

for 2010: T

ime

to decide

(2001) http://ec.europa.eu/transport/strategies/2001_white_paper_en.htm

Children’s

Environment and

Health

Action

Plan

for Europe

­World

Health

Organisation

(2005)

European

Union

Sports

Charter (2001) http://www.etib.lt/?s=activities&ss=sport&lang=en

The

European

Landscape

Convention

(2000) http://www.coe.int/t/dg4/cultureheritage/Conventions/Landscape/

The

Clim

ate

Action

and

Renewable

Energy

Package

(2009) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/clim

at/clim

ate_action.htm

National

Ancient Monuments

and

Archaeological A

reas

Act (1979) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1979/46

Wildlife

and

Countryside

Act 1981

(as

amended) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1981/69

Planning

(Listed

Buildings

and

Conservation

Areas) Act (1990) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1990/9/contents

Planning

Policy

Guidance

17: P

lanning

for Open

Space, S

port

and

Recreation

(1991) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningpolicyguidance17

22

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

     

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Planning

Policy

Guidance

24: P

lanning

and

Noise

(1994) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppg24

Planning

Policy

Guidance

16: A

rchaeology

and

Planning

(1999) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/156777.pdf

A Sporting

Future

for All (2000) http://www.culture.gov.uk/images/publications/sportfutureforall.pdf

The

Countryside

and

Rights

of W

ay

Act 2000

http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2000/37/contents

National and

Regional G

uidelines

for Aggregates

Provision

2001­20

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/letteraggregatesprovision.pdf

Planning

Policy

Guidance

13: T

ransport

(2001) (As

amended

by

PPS3, Housing

2006, and

amendment of 2010) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppg13

National S

ervice

Framework

for Older People

(Department of H

ealth) (2001) http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_4003066

Planning

Policy

Guidance

8: T

elecommunications

(2001) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppg8

Making

It Happen­A

Guide

to Delivering

Mental H

ealth

Promotion

(2001)

http://www.publications.doh.gov.uk/pdfs/makingithappen.pdf

Green

Space, B

etter Places: F

inal R

eport

of the

Urban

Green

Spaces

Task

Force

(2002) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/greenspacesbetter3

Building

in context:

new

development in

historic

areas

(2002) http://www.cabe.org.uk/publications/building­in­context

Working

with

the

Grain

of Nature: A

biodiversity

strategy

for England

(2002) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/biodiversity/documents/biostrategy.pdf

The

Water Act (2003) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2003/37/contents

Planning

Policy

Statement 7: S

ustainable

Development in

Rural A

reas

(2004) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps7

Planning

Policy

Statement 23: P

lanning

and

Pollution

Control (2004) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/planningpolicystatement23.pdf

Planning

Policy

Statement 22: Renewable

Energy

(2004) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/147444.pdf

The

Future

of T

ransport: A

Network

for 2030

(2004) http://www.thepep.org/ClearingHouse/docfiles/The.Future.of.Transport.pdf

Safer Places: T

he

Planning

System

& Crime

Prevention

(2004) The

Housing

Act (2004) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/saferplaces

Every

Child

Matters: Change

for Children

(2004) http://www.infed.org/archives/gov_uk/every_child_matters.htm

Planning

Policy

Statement 1: Delivering

Sustainable

Development (2005) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/planningandbuilding/pdf/planningpolicystatement1.pdf

Securing

the

Future: UK

Government Sustainable

Development S

trategy

(2005) http://www.defra.gov.uk/sustainable/government/publications/uk­strategy/

Planning

Policy

Statement 9: B

iodiversity

and

Geological C

onservation

(2005) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps9

Planning

Policy

Statement 10: P

lanning

for Sustainable

Waste

Management (2005) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningpolicystatement10

Strategy

for flood

and

coastal erosion

risk

management in

England

(2005) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/flooding/documents/policy/strategy/strategy­response1.pdf

Clim

ate

Change: T

he

UK

Programme

(2006) http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/what_we_do/change_energy/tackling_clim

a/programme/programme.aspx

Planning

Policy

Statement 25: Development and

Flood

Risk

(2006) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps25floodrisk

Stern

Review: The

Economics

of C

limate

Change

(2006) http://www.hm­treasury.gov.uk/sternreview_index.htm

Natural E

nvironment and

Rural C

ommunities

Act (2006) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2006/16/contents

Planning

Policy

Statement:

Planning

and

Clim

ate

Change

(Supplement to

PPS

1)(2006) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/ppsclim

atechange

Time

for Play: E

ncouraging

Greater Play

Opportunities

for Children

and

Young

People

(2006) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.culture.gov.uk/reference_library/publications/3567.aspx

Minerals

Planning

Statement 1: P

lanning

and

Minerals

(2006) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/mineralspolicystatement5

Strong

and

Prosperous

Communities: T

he

Local G

overnment W

hite

Paper (2006) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/strongprosperous

Planning

Policy

Statement 3: Housing

(2006) (reissued

2010.)

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps3housing

Living

Places: Cleaner,

Safer,

Greener (2006) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/livingplacescleaner

Homes

for the

Future: More

Affordable, More

Sustainable

(2007) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/pdf/439986.pdf

White

Paper Heritage

Protection

for the

21st Century

(2007) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.culture.gov.uk/reference_library/consultations/1156.aspx

Strategic

Housing

Land

Availability

Assessment:

Identifying

appropriate

land

for housing

development (2007) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/landavailabilityassessment

English

Indices

of D

eprivation

(2007) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/indiciesdeprivation07

(DCSF) The

Childrens

Plan: B

uilding

Brighter Futures

(2007) http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/childrensplan/downloads/The_Childrens_Plan.pdf

Meeting

the

Energy

Challenge: A

White

Paper on

Energy

(2007) http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file39387.pdf

Building

a Greener Future: policy

statement (2007) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/building­a­greener

The

Air

Quality

Strategy

for England, Scotland, W

ales

and

Northern

Ireland

(2007) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/quality/air/airquality/strategy/index.htm

Waste

Strategy

for England

(2007) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/waste/strategy/

Future

Water:

The

Government’s

Water Strategy

for England

(2008) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/quality/water/strategy/pdf/future­water.pdf

Planning

and

Compulsory

Purchase

Act (2008) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2008/29/contents

State

of the

Natural E

nvironment 2008

http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/publications/sone/default.aspx

Strategy

for Sustainable

Construction

(2008) http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file46535.pdf

Planning

Policy

Statement 12: Local S

patial P

lanning

(2008) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps12lsp

The

Code

for Sustainable

Homes: S

etting

the

standard

in sustainability

for new

homes

(2008) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/codesustainabilitystandards

Clim

ate

Change

Act (2008) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2008/27/contents

England

Biodiversity

Strategy: Clim

ate

Change

Adaptation

Principles

(2008) http://www.defra.gov.uk/environment/biodiversity/documents/ebs­ccap.pdf

Delivering

a Sustainable

Transport

System

2008

https://www.liftshare.com/business/pdfs/Dft%20­%

20Delivering%20a%20Sustainable%20Transport%20System%20­%

202008.pdf

Healthy

Weight,

Healthy

Lives. A

cross­Government strategy

for England

(2008) http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.dft.gov.uk/about/strategy/transportstrategy/dasts/

Be

Active, B

e Healthy, A

plan

for getting

the

nation

moving

(2009) http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_094358

Building

a Sense

of Local B

elonging

(2009) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/communities/senseofbelonging

The

Government Response

to the

Taylor Review

of Rural E

conomy

and

Affordable

Housing

(2009) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/responsematthewtaylor

Environment A

gency: G

roundwater Protection­Policy

and

Practice

(documents

1­4) (2009) http://www.environment­agency.gov.uk/research/library/publications/40741.aspx

Clim

ate

change

and

biodiversity

adaptation: the

role

of the

spatial planning

system

(2009) http://naturalengland.etraderstores.com/NaturalEnglandShop/Product.aspx?ProductID=1b0e18e5­cf75­4068­a644­05bd294e2cfb

Planning

Policy

Statement 4: P

lanning

and

economic

growth

(2009) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningpolicystatement4

DEFRA: How

well prepared

is the

UK

for clim

ate

change?

(2010) http://www.theccc.org.uk/reports/adaptation

Energy

Bill

(2010) http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/legislation/energy_bill/energy_bill.aspx

Flood

and

Water Management A

ct 2010

http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/29/contents

Child

Poverty

Act 2010

http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2010/9/contents

Localism

Bill

(2010) http://services.parliament.uk/bills/2010­11/localism/documents.htm

l Planning

Policy

Statement 5: P

lanning

for the

Historic

Environment (2010) http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/pps5

All Landscapes

Matter,

Natural E

ngland

Position

Statement (2010) http://www.naturalengland.gov.uk/Images/ALM­ps_tcm6­17120.pdf

23

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Regional

A Biodiversity

Audit of the

North

East (2001) http://www.nebiodiversity.org.uk/docs/1.pdf

The

North

East Rural A

ction

Plan

(2002) http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/envandrural/reg_rural_policy/rural_action.pdf

Sustainable

Communities

in the

North

East:

Building

for the

Future

(2003) http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/communities/pdf/143600.pdf

Moving

Forward: The

Northern

Way

Growth

Strategy

(2004) http://www.thenorthernway.co.uk/document.asp?id=479

State

of the

Environment R

eport

for the

North

East (2004) http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/regions/north_east/sone/default.aspx

Natural E

ngland, C

ountryside

Character Volume

1: North

East (1998) http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/Images/countrysidecharactervolume1northeastintroductiontcm2­21111_tcm6­5194.pdf

North

East R

enewable

Energy

Strategy

(2005) http://www.energynortheast.net/lib/liDownload/1827/renew_energy_strat_nov05.pdf?CFID=4218453&CFTOKEN=79538365&jsessionid=a830233185e926e20495

Leading

the

Way: R

egional E

conomic

Strategy

(2006) http://www.onenortheast.co.uk/page/res.cfm

North

East E

ngland

Regional H

ousing

Strategy: Q

uality

Places

for a

Dynamic

Region

(2007) http://www.strategyintegrationne.co.uk/document.asp?id=365&pageno=7&extlink=14

The

North

East of E

ngland

Regional S

patial S

trategy

to 2021

(200) http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/planning/rss/rss.pdf

Better Health, F

airer Health: NHS

(2008) http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/docs/health/strategy/better_health_final.pdf

Integrated

Regional Framework

for the

North

East S

USTAINE

(2008) http://www.sustaine.com

NE

Regional F

acilities

Strategy

(2008) http://www.sportengland.org/rfs.pdf

North

East S

trategy

for the

Environment (2008) http://www.onenortheast.co.uk/lib/liDownload/12905/NESE%20artwork_final%20approval.pdf?CFID=4096120&CFTOKEN=25927116

North

East C

limate

Change

Adaptation

Plan

(2008) http://adaptne.org/

North

East C

limate

Change

Action

Plan

(2008) http://www.neccap.org/purpose.htm

Local planning

documents

(including

SA) for:

Hambleton

District LPA

http://www.hambleton.gov.uk/environment_and_planning/planning/local_development_framework/default.htm

Durham

County

LPA

http://www.durham.gov.uk/Pages/Service.aspx?ServiceId=856

Stockton

Borough

LPA

http://www.stockton.gov.uk/citizenservices/planningdepartment/dev_plans/ldfhome/

Richmondshire

District LPA

http://www.richmondshire.gov.uk/planning/planning­policy/local­development­framework.aspx

Yorkshire

and

Humber RSS

http://www.eastriding.gov.uk/corp­docs/forwardplanning/docs/rss/m

ay08/rss.pdf

City­regional

Natural E

ngland

Tees

Lowlands

Landscape

Character Assessment (1994) http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/ourwork/landscape/englands/character/areas/tees_lowlands.aspx

Natural E

ngland

Durham

Magnesian

Limestone

Plateau

Landscape

Character Assessment (1994) http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/ourwork/landscape/englands/character/areas/durham_magnesian_lim

estone_plateau.aspx

Natural E

ngland

Durham

Coalfield

Pennine

Fringe

Landscape

Character Assessment (1994) http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/ourwork/landscape/englands/character/areas/durham_coalfield_pennine_fringe.aspx

Environment A

gency: T

he

Wear Catchment A

bstraction

Management Strategy

(2006) http://publications.environment­agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE0906BLHA­E­E.pdf

Tees

Valley

Sub

Regional H

ousing

Strategy

(2007) http://www.stockton.gov.uk/resources/housing/tvhsgstrat/tvhsgstrat.pdf

Tees

Valley

City

Region

Transport

Strategy

(2007) http://www.teesvalleyunlim

ited.gov.uk/transport/documents/TVCRTS.pdf

County

Durham

Biodiversity

Action

Plan

(2007) http://www.durhambiodiversity.org.uk/planstructure3.htm

Tees

Valley

Green

Infrastructure

Strategy

(2008) http://www.cabe.org.uk/files/tees­valley­green­infrastructure­strategy.pdf

Environment A

gency: T

he

Tees

Catchment A

bstraction

Management Strategy

(2008) http://publications.environment­agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE0308BNTE­E­E.pdf

Environment A

gency: T

ees

Catchment F

lood

Management P

lan

(2009) http://publications.environment­agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE1109BRCK­e­e.pdf

Environment A

gency: W

ear Catchment F

lood

Management P

lan

(2009) http://publications.environment­agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE1109BRCN­e­e.pdf

Tees

Valley

Strategic

Housing

Market A

ssessment (2009) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/Marketsandneeds/TV%20SHMA%20Final%2031%2001%2009.pdf

Tees

Valley

Gypsy

and

Traveller Accommodation

Need

Assessment (TVGTA) (2009)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/CoreStrategy/dec09/gypstandtravellerfinalreport.pdf

Limestone

Landscapes

Historic

Environment A

udit and

Action

Plan

(2009) http://content.durham.gov.uk/PDFRepository/Limestone_Landscapes_Historic_Environment_Audit.pdf

Wind

Farm

Development and

Landscape

Capacity

Studies: E

ast Durham

Limestone

and

Tees

Plain, A

RUP

2008

(&

Addendum, 2009)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/CoreStrategy/Tees%20Plain%20FINAL.pdf

Environment A

gency: R

iver Basin

Management P

lan, N

orthumbria

River Basin

District (2009) http://www.environment­agency.gov.uk/research/planning/124807.aspx

Tees

Valley

Sport

Sub

Regional Facilities

Strategy

Draft

(2009) –

Hard

Copy

Tees

Valley

Area

Action

Plan

(transport) (2009) http://www.teesvalleyunlim

ited.gov.uk/transport/documents/TVAAP061109.pdf

Joint M

inerals

and

Waste

Development P

lan

Documents

for the

Tees

Valley

Submission

Draft

(2010) http://www.stockton.gov.uk/citizenservices/planningdepartment/dev_plans/ldfhome/mineralswaste/

Tees

Valley

Economic

and

Regeneration

Statement of A

mbition

(2010)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/CoreStrategy/CS_Examination/TVU%20Statement%

20of%

20Ambition_TVU%20Board%20Executive%20Summary_%20July%202010

.pdf

Tees

Valley

Investment P

lan

(Draft) (2010) (by

email)

The

Tees

Valley

Clim

ate

Change

Strategy

(2010­2020) http://www.teesvalleyunlim

ited.gov.uk/economyplanningenvironment/documents/Tees%20Valley%20Clim

ate%20Change%20Strategy%202010­2020.pdf

Local

Adding

to

Quality

: A

Development S

trategy

for Darlington

Town

Centre

(2001) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/TownCentreStrategy.pdf

Darlington

Contaminated

Land

Strategy

(2003) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Environment/Pollution/contaminatedland/strategy.htm

Darlington

Borough

Council Conservation

Area

Character Appraisals

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/ProtectionControl/Conservation/CharacterAppraisals.htm

Darlington

Urban

Capacity

Study

(2004) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/DUCS.htm

All Together Now: A

Social Inclusion

Strategy

for Darlington

(2005) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/Documents/Chief%

20Executive%20Office/Social%

20Inclusion.pdf

Darlington

Local N

eighbourhood

Renewal S

trategy

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Darlington+Local+Neighbourhood+Renewal+Strategy.htm

Darlington

Local H

ousing

Assessment (2005) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Housing/m

arketneeds/Housing+Market+and+Housing+Needs.htm

Darlington

Gateway

Strategy

(2006) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/BDP%20Report.pdf

Darlington, A

Town

on

the

Move: S

econd

Local Transport

Plan

2006­11

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Transport/Transport+Policy.htm

Darlington

Open

Space

Strategy

(2007­2012) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/OpenSpaces.htm

Darlington

Play

and

Free

Time

Strategy

2007

– 2012

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Cabinet/July%2010%202007/Supp%20Item%202%20­%

20Appendix.pdf

24

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Older Persons’ H

ousing

Strategy

(2007) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/OlderPersonsHousingStrategy07%2010.pdf

Private

Sector Housing

Renewal S

trategy

(2008) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Housing/HOUSING%20RENEWAL%20STRATEGY%202008%20­12%20­%

20FINAL.pdf

Darlington

Housing

Strategy

(2008­2012) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Housing/m

arketneeds/housingstrategy/Housing+Strategy+2008­2012.htm

Darlington

Characterisation

Study

(2008) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/DesignSDP/Characterisation%20Study.pdf

Community

Safety

Plan

2008

– 2011

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Community%20Services/Community%20Safety%20Partnership/safercommunities/Community%20Safety%20Plan.pdf

All our Futures, A

Strategy

for Later Life

in Darlington

(2008­2011) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Social%20Services/All%

20Our%

20Futures.pdf

Darlington

Children

and

Young

People’s

Plan

2008

– 2011

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Children/childrenstrust/CYPP/CYPP2008­11_V2.htm

Darlington

Primary

Capital P

rogramme

2008­2011

Hard

Copy

Sustainable

Community

Strategy

­One

Darlington: P

erfectly

Placed

(2008­2021) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/ConnectingWithCommunities/25894%20Community%20Strategy%20FINAL.pdf

Strategic

Housing

Land

Availability

Assessment (SHLAA) (2009) and

updates

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/HousingLandAvailabilitySchedule.htm

Darlington

Rights

of W

ay

Improvement P

lan

(2009) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Countryside/ROWIP%20summary%201.pdf

DBC

Playing

Pitch

Strategy

(2009) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Health%20and%20Well%

20Being%20Scrutiny%20Committee/September%

208%202009/080909%20Draft%20Sports%20Facilities%20and%20Playing%20Pitch%20Strategies%20App2.pdf

Local M

otion, D

arlington

Sustainable

Travel D

emonstration

(2009) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Localmotion/Local_Motion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINAL_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf

DBC

Sports

and

Physical A

ctivity

Facilities

Strategy

(2009) http://www.teesvalleysport.co.uk/files/draft_sport_and_physical_activity_facilities_strategy2.pdf

Darlington

Borough

Council –

Corporate

Plan

2009­2013

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Partnership/Final%20Corporate%20Plan%202009­13.pdf

Darlington

Borough

Council Strategic

Flood

Risk

Assessment Level 1

(2009) and

Level 2

(2010) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Living/Planning+and+Building+Control/Planning+Services/Planning+Policy/FloodRiskAssessment.htm

Darlington

Decentralised

and

Renewable

or Low

Carbon

Study, Entec

2009

(&

Update

2010)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Development%

20and%20Regeneration/Planning%20Services/Policy/CoreStrategy/dec09/Final%20Report%20December%

2009%20rr009final%

20PART%201%20OF%203.pdf

Darlington

Homelessness

Strategy

2010­15

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Cabinet/February%202%202010/Item%207%20­%

20Appendix%201.pdf

Third

Local Transport

Plan­Draft

(2010) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/ConnectingwithCommunities/Talking+Together/Transportplan.htm

Sustainable

Energy

Action

Plan

(2010) http://www.darlington.gov.uk/PublicMinutes/Economy%20and%20Environment%

20Scrutiny%20Committee/September%

202%202010/Item%205%20­%

20Appendix%202.pdf

25

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

      

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

         

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

APPENDIX

2: SUSTAINABILITY

APPRAISAL

BASELINE

2011

Key

Not a

pplicable

Indicator is

not significantly above

(or below) national/regional average,

targets

and/or previous Borough

figures :

not a

key

sustainability

issue

*

Indicator is

slightly above

(or below) national/regional average, targets

and/or

previous Borough

figures :

potential sustainability

issue

**

Indicator is

significantly above

(or below) national/regional average, targets

and/or previous Borough

figures :

key

sustainability

issue

***

Sustainable

Development

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Ecological

Footprint

***

5.23

global

hectares per

capita

UK

ecological

footprint is

5.4

global

hectares per Capita

North

East ecological

footprint is

5.19

global hectares per

Capita

Tees Valley

ecological footprint is

5.12

global hectares

per Capita

Target to

achieve

an

ecological

footprint of 1.8

global hectares

per capita

as this

is, with

current

population

levels,

a budget for

sustainable

living

Shows Darlington

Borough

has an

ecological footprint of 0.17

global hectares

per capita

below

the

national average

but

has an

ecological footprint of 0.04

global

hectares per capita

above

the

regional

average.

Darlington’s

overall ecological footprint is

3.43

global hectares per capita

above

the

sustainable

living

limit and

is therefore

unsustainable

The

Tees Valley Footprint Report

(SEI)

2007

http://www.sei.se/m

ediamanager/documents/

Publications/Future/tees_valley_footprint.pdf

26

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

      

  

 

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

     

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

          

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Climate

Change

and

Energy

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Carbon

Dioxide

Emissions

***

CO2

emissions

(kilo

tonnes CO

2)

Industry and

commercial:

351

(2005)

340

(2006)

329

(2007)

335

(2008)

286

(2009)

319

(2010)

Domestic:

288

(2005)

286

(2006)

277

(2007)

281

(2008)

252

(2009)

271

(2010)

Road

Transport:

223

(2005)

221

(2006)

221

(2007)

207

(2008)

203

(2009)

203

(2010)

Per capita

(t):

8.8

(2005)

8.6

(2006)

8.3

(2007)

8.2

(2008)

7.4

(2009)

7.9

(2010)

North

East:

Overall:

13.1

tonnes of CO

2 per capita

(2005)

9.4

tonnes (2010)

UK:

8.8

tonnes of CO

2 per capita

(2005)

7.6

tonnes (2010)

Government

Targets:

Achieve

a 80%

reduction

in

greenhouse

gas

emissions by

2050

Reduce

UK

greenhouse

gas

emissions by

12.5%

by 2012

(Kyoto

Protocol)

Local Targets:

20%

reduction

in

CO2

emissions

between

2005­

20

27%

reduction

in

CO2

emissions

between

2012­

30

In 2005

Darlington

had

the

same

CO2

emissions per

capita

as the

national

average. Both

figures have

dropped

gradually

although

Darlington’s

have

dropped

more

slowly, m

eaning

the

borough’s

per capita

emissions are

now

0.3

tonnes above

the

national average.

Further effort

will

be

required

to

meet

challenging

local targets

Emissions of carbon

dioxide

for local authority

areas

http://www.decc.gov.

uk/assets/decc/11/sta

ts/clim

ate­

change/6223­local­

and­regional­co2­

emissions­estimates­

for­200.xls

(accessed

Sep

2012)

Darlington

Borough

Council (DBC) Policy

Department

DBC

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Darlington

Clim

ate

Change

Action

Plan

2009/10

DBC

Renewable

Energy

Action

Plan

2010

27

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Climate

Change

and

Energy

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

NI186: P

er capita

reduction

in CO

2

emissions:

reduction

from

the

2005

baseline

figure

was 0.9

tonnes (10%) in

2010

Energy

***

Electricity

consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic:

4,047

(05)

3,978

(06)

3,856

(07)

3,736

(08)

3,697

(09)

3,677

(10)

Average

Industry and

commercial:

88,758

(05)

89,211

(06)

84,738

(07)

84,526

(08)

82,431

(09)

78,896

(10)

Gas

consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic:

19,591

(05)

18,771

(06)

18,022

(07)

17,318

(08)

15,716

(09)

15,443

(10)

Average

Industry and

commercial:

1,071,580

(05)

1,000,164

(06)

1,041,271

(07)

North

East Electricity

Consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic: 3,563

(10)

Average

industry and

commercial:

98,849

(10)

Great Britain

Electricity

Consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic: 4,148

(10)

Average

industry and

commercial: 77,705

(10)

North

East Gas

Consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic: 15,444

(10)

Average

industry and

commercial: 794,974

(10)

Great Britain

Gas

Consumption

(kWh):

Average

domestic: 15,156

(10)

Average

industry and

commercial:

690,910

(10)

Not a

pplicable

Average

domestic electricity

use

has reduced

steadily

by

a total of 9%

since

2005

and

is

11%

below

the

national

average, but above

the

regional average

by 3%.

Average

industrial and

commercial electricity use

dropped

overall by 11%

since

2005

and

is below

the

regional average

by 20%

but

above

the

national average

by 2%. A

sharp

fall in

Darlington’s

figure

in th

e last

year bucked

the

regional and

national trend.

Average

domestic gas use

has dropped

by a

total of

21%

since

2005

and

is level

with

the

regional average

but

2%

above

the

national

average.

Average

industrial and

commercial gas use

has

fluctuated, with

a sharp

rise

in

the

last year taking

it 16%

above

the

figure

for 2005

and

into

the

top

25

authorities in

http://www.decc.gov.

uk/en/content/cms/sta

tistics/energy_stats/re

gional/regional.aspx

(Accessed

Sep

2012)

28

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

    

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

    

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

        

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Climate

Change

and

Energy

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

1,016,328

(08)

1,030,741

(09)

1,243,152

(10)

England

for this

indicator.

Home

insulation

installing

rates

**

Insulation

installed

under the

CERT

scheme: T

otal for 08/09

and

09/10

Darlington

Total cavity wall installation: 1,251

Total loft

insulation: 2,210

North­East England

Total cavity wall installation:

55,572

Total loft

insulation: 80,940

Great Britain

Total cavity wall installation:

1,009,398

Total loft

insulation: 1,225,985

Energy Saving

Trust

http://www.energysavingtr

ust.org.uk/business/Busin

ess/Inform

ation/Homes­

Energy­Efficiency­

Database­HEED/CERT­

reports­from­

HEED/CERT­report­from­

HEED­Q

8­by­local­

authority

Annual C

O2

emissions per

dwelling

(private

sector

dwellings)

**

Proportion

of private

sector

dwellings

in the

Borough

emitting

X

tonnes

of CO2

p.a.

Under 1

tonne: 1.3%

1­2

tonnes: 8

.1%

2­3

tonnes: 2

5.1%

3­4

tonnes: 2

4.3%

4­5

tonnes: 2

0%

5­6

tonnes: 8

.7%

Over 6

tonnes: 12.5%

DBC

Private

Sector

House

Condition

Survey

2009

http://www.darlington.gov.

uk/dar_public/documents/

Community%20Services/

Housing/privatesectorhou

secondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

Renewable

Energy

***

Permitted

and

proposed

capacity

Planning

perm

ission

has been

granted

for 5

wind

turbines generating

a

total of 6.5MW

capacity at R

oyal

Oak, plus one

small off­grid

wind

turbine, a

nd

one

wind

turbine

in th

e

outline

perm

ission

for the

Lingfield

Point d

evelopment.

Two

perm

issions for biomass boilers

in

schools.

Two

small wind

turbines in

the

planning

pipeline.

9 turbines, totalling

21MW

capacity, a

t the

pre­planning

stage

Not a

pplicable

Target of 10%

of electricity to

be

provided

by

renewable

sources in

the

North

East

region

by 2010

(454

MW

minimum

installed

capacity) with

the

aspiration

to

double

this

by

2020

Not a

pplicable

ANEC: T

ees Plain

and

East D

urham

Limestone

Wind

Farm

Development

and

Landscape

Capacity

Study

http://www.northeastasse

mbly.gov.uk/document.as

p?id=914

(2008)

(accessed

April 2009)

ENTEC: D

ecentralised

Renewable

and

Low

Carbon

Energy Study

(2009)

29

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Climate

Change

and

Energy

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Potential Capacity

The

Tees Plain

and

East D

urham

Limestone

Wind

Farm

Development

and

Landscape

Capacity Study

identifies that a

zone

in the

North

East

of Darlington

Borough

has the

capacity to

accommodate

a small –

medium

small scale

wind

development (i.e. 4­6

turbines per

development of between

7.5

– 25MW)

The

Decentralised

Renewable

and

Low

Carbon

Energy Study identifies

that wind

and

biomass have

the

most

significant potential for meeting

the

Borough’s

energy demands and

reducing

carbon

dioxide

emissions.

Areas identified

include:

­The

town

centre

and

adjoining

high

density areas with

potential for a

biomass heating

or combined

power,

heating

and

cooling

network

­Three

‘areas of search’ for wind

turbine

development to

the

north

east,

south

and

west of the

Borough

http://www.darlington.gov.

uk/Generic/SearchResults

.htm

?q=renewable+energ

y (accessed

March

2010)

TNEI N

orth

East R

egion

Renewable

Energy

Strategy

http://www.energynorthea

st.net/lib/liDownload/1827/

renew_energy_strat_nov0

5.pdf?CFID=4218453&CF

TOKEN=79538365&jsessi

onid=a8308eb05ceb5e3f3

35d

(2005) (accessed

April 2009)

GONE: T

he

North

East of

England

Plan

Regional

Spatial S

trategy to

2021

http://www.northeastasse

mbly.gov.uk/document.as

p?id=887

(2008)

(accessed

April 2009)

Renewable

energy

generation

in

private

dwellings

2009

%

of private

sector dwellings

in

survey

with:

Solar water heating: 0.46%

Photo

voltaic: 0.04%

Other renewables: 0

.00%

2012

There

have

been

137

building

control

applications for solar panels

(heating

or PV, m

ainly

the

latter)

registered

to

domestic addresses. N

early all date

Although

the

survey results

are

too

small to

be

robust,

they indicate

a very

low

level

of domestic renewable

energy generation.

DBC

Private

Sector

House

Condition

Survey

2009

http://www.darlington.gov.

uk/dar_public/documents/

Community%20Services/

Housing/privatesectorhou

secondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

30

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

     

    

    

  

  

   

  

 

    

 

    

   

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

    

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Climate

Change

and

Energy

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

from

the

last two

years. T

his

amounts

to

0.3%

of the

number of dwellings in

the

borough. U

ncertain

what

proportion

of such

installations do

not

go

through

building

control.

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Air

Quality

**

There

continues to

be

no

need

to

declare

any

Air

Quality Management Areas as air

pollutants

do

not e

xceed

regulated

emissions

in the

vicinity of target group

members

Local m

easurements

of traffic

related

air

pollutants

include:

Nitrogen

Dioxide

(40

µg/m³ max target)

Cockerton

Bridge

Station

20

(2005)

23

(2006)

23

(2007)

20

(2008)

27

(2009)

29

(2010)

St C

uthbert’s

Station

41

(2005)

42

(2006)

35

(2007)

44

(2008)

49

(2009)

41

(2010)

Particulate

Matter PM

10

40

µg/m³ max target)

Cockerton

Bridge

Station

20

(2005)

22

(2006)

21

(2007)

21

(2007)

Not a

pplicable

Government

objectives for air

quality currently

cover ten

pollutants:

•

Particulate

Matter

(PM

10

&

PM

2.5)

•

Nitrogen

dioxide

(NO

x)

•

Ozone

(O

3)

•

Sulphur

dioxide

(SO

2)

•

Polycyclic

Aromatic

Hydrocarbo

ns (PAHs)

•

Benzene

•

1,3­

butadiene

•

Carbon

monoxide

(CO)

•

Lead

Within

the

Darlington

Council area,

domestic /

commercial heating

is

largely

fuelled

by natural gas, w

hich

gives low

levels

of emissions

compared

with

other carbon

based

fuels. T

here

are

few

large

industrial

processes within

the

Council area,

and

there

is no

significant impact

from

industrial sources outside

of

the

Council area.

Road

traffic

is the

main

source

of

nitrogen

dioxide

pollution

at ground

level,

but this

norm

ally

quickly

disperses within

a relatively

short

distance

of the

kerbside. There

is

no

clear sign

of nitrogen

dioxide

levels

from

traffic

falling, with

emission

improvements

generally

being

offset b

y traffic

flow

increases. Emissions exceeded

the

Government target at the

St

Cuthbert’s

station

in all but one

of

the

last six

years. H

owever,

there

are

no

areas of relevant exposure

within

40m

of the

monitoring

point.

Emissions of PM

10

are

well within

the

target set and

have

decreased

Darlington

Borough

Council

Review

and

Assessment of Air

Quality –

Updating

and

Screening

Report

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Public%2

0Protection/Pollution%20and%20

Regulation/Darlington%20Air%20

Quality%20Review%2020061.pdf

(2006) (accessed

April 2009)

2011

Air

Quality Progress Report

for Darlington

http://www.darlington.gov.uk

/dar_public/documents/_Pla

ce/PolicyRegeneration/Publi

cProtection/Airquality/Air_Q

uality_Progress_Report_for

_Darlington_2011.pdf

(accessed

Sept 2012)

Air

Quality in

the

Tees Valley

2005­2008

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Corporate%20S

ervices/Public%20Protection/Envi

ronmental%20Health/Tees%20Va

31

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

18

(2009)

19

(2010)

St C

uthbert’s

Station

31

(2005)

34

(2006)

27

(2007)

28

(2008)

25

(2009)

26

(2010)

•

Ammonia

at both

monitoring

stations since

2005.

lley%20Annual%

20Report%2020

09.pdf (accessed

October 2009)

Authorised

Processes

*

Industrial activities registered

with

the

Environment A

gency for Integrated

Pollution

Prevention

and

Control (IPPC) comprise:

Ineos­PVC

manufacture

Protim

Solignum­Timber treatm

ent

manufacture

Ellison

Metal F

inishing

Ltd­Surface

treatm

ent

of m

etals

and

plastic m

aterials

HT

and

SR

Dent­Broiler production

unit

HM

Pigs Ltd­Pig

breeding

unit

Local A

uthority

Integrated

Pollution

Control

Sites­0

sites

Local A

uthority

Air

Pollution

Control S

ites: 29

sites in

total

N/a

N/a

N/a

Darlington

Borough

Council

http://www.darlington.gov.uk

/Environment/Pollution/Air+

Quality/Industrial+Pollution+

Control.htm

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Pollution

Incidents

**

2001­2010

17

recorded

significant incidents, including

five

on

and

adjacent to

the

Cleveland

Trading

Estate, five

on

the

Albert

Hill

Industrial E

state,

and

two

at D

rinkfield.

Three

recorded

major incidents, two

in th

e

Brafferton

area

and

one

near Piercebridge.

The

most common

single

source

of incidents

was atm

ospheric pollutants

and

effects.

N/a

N/a

N/a

Environment Agency website

http://www.environment­

agency.gov.uk/homeandleisure/3

7821.aspx

(accessed

Sep

2012)

Contaminated

Land

As of 2003

Darlington

Borough

Council had

identified

more

than

2000

potentially

contaminated

sites. T

his

figure

is high

due

to

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

number of contaminated

land

sites in

the

Borough

is reducing.

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Environmental H

ealth

32

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

    

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

                

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

***

Darlington’s

industrial past.

However,

by 2009

this

estimate

was reduced

to

1280, by 2011

the

figure

was 1100

and

by 2012

it was 988.

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Contaminated

Land

Inspection

Strategy

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/Documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Public%2

0Protection/Pollution%20and%20

Regulation/Contaminated%20Lan

d%20Strategy.pdf (accessed

April 2009)

Previously

developed

land

that is

vacant/derelict

***

NI170: Previously

developed

land

that has

been

vacant or derelict for more

than

5 years:

2.70%

(2006/07)

4.01%

(2007/08)

3.84%

(2008/09)

Not a

pplicable

No

local target

set

Shows a

1.14%

increase

in the

%

of previously

developed

land

that

has been

vacant or derelict for

more

than

5 years

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

River Quality

***

Biological Quality

(Previous General Q

uality

Assessment S

cheme)

% of river length

assessed

as good

biological

quality

2000

– 41.21%

2002

– 58.06%

2003

– 58.06%

2004

– 51.91%

2005

– 52.38%

Chemical Quality

(Previous GQA

Scheme)

% of river length

assessed

as good

chemical

quality

2000

– 37.48%

2002

– 39.23%

2003

– 32.34%

2004

– 48.83%

2005

– 68.61%

2005

average

good

rating

for

UK

biological

river quality

was 54.2%

2005

average

good

rating

for

UK

chemical

river quality

was 57.08%

Previous GQA

targets

have

been

superceded

by

Water

Framework

Directive

(WFD)

targets

The

WFD

requires all

natural inland

and

coastal

water bodies to

obtain

‘good

ecological status

and

chemical

status by 2015.

Artificial or

heavily

modified

water bodies

Shows that in

2005

biological river

quality in

Darlington

was below

the

national average

by 1.82%.

Under the

new

WFD

assessment

method, ecological quality (which

includes biological quality) credits

Darlington’s

rivers

and

tributaries

with

a range

of quality values from

Poor/Poor Potential (the

Skerne,

the

Tees below

the

Skerne, and

Neasham

Stell)

to

Good

(the

Dene

Beck and

the

upper Cocker Beck).

The

ecological quality of most river

stretches will

need

to im

prove

to

achieve

‘good’ status by 2015

In term

s of chemical quality the

previous GQA

shows that in

2005

chemical river quality in

Darlington

was above

the

national average

by

GQA

results –

Audit Commission

website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?

entity=10004878

(accessed

April

2009)

WFD

results –

Environment

Agency website

­http://m

aps.environment­

agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyContro

ller?value=Darlington&lang=_e&e

p=map&topic=wfd_rivers&layerG

r oups=default&scale=3&textonly=o

ff

(accessed

February

2011)

33

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

    

     

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

                

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

        

  

  

  

  

  

  

       

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

    

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Water Framework

Directive

Assessment

2008

Current Ecological Q

uality

Good:

Dene

Beck; U

pper Cocker Beck

Moderate

Potential:

Tees from

River Greta

to River Skerne;

Lustrum

Beck; W

oodham

Burn

(predicted

Good

Potential by 2015)

Moderate:

Bishopton

Beck; K

illerby Beck.

Poor Potential:

Tees from

Skerne

to Low

Worsall;

Skerne

from

Woodham

Beck to

River Tees

Poor:

Billingham

Beck, m

iddle

section;

Neasham

Stell (predicted

to

be

Moderate

by

2015)

Current C

hemical Q

uality

Good:

Tees from

Greta

Beck to

River Skerne; T

ees

from

Skerne

to Low

Worsall;

Lustrum

Beck; S

kerne

from

Woodham

Beck to

River Tees; Billingham

Beck, m

iddle

section.

Draft

results

for assessed

rivers

in

England

and

Wales show

that for overall

ecological

classification

23%

of rivers

are

good

or

better,

60%

are

moderate,

12%

are

poor

and

4%

are

bad

need

to

achieve

a

good

‘ecological

potential and

chemical status

by 2015.

11.53%. H

owever,

under the

Water

Framework

Directive

scheme

a

pass or a

fail is

awarded. O

f Darlington’s

rivers

and

tributaries

that have

been

assessed

all have

improved

to ‘good’ chemical

standard.

Groundwater

Quality

***

Most of Darlington

borough

is underlain

by th

e

Wear Magnesian

Limestone

groundwater

body, which

is poor in

both

quantitative

and

chemical term

s.

Areas of the

Borough

from

Heighington

and

Not a

pplicable

The

Water

Framework

Directive

requires all

natural inland

Predicted

status of Darlington’s

groundwater remains poor by 2015.

The

Magnesian

Limestone

groundwater body has issues with

Environment Agency website

http://m

aps.environment­

agency.gov.uk/wiyby/wiybyContro

ller?x=428500.0&y=514500.0&sc

ale=3&layerG

roups=default&locati

34

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

    

        

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

      

 

  

              

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

            

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Summerhouse

westwards, Sadberge

eastwards and

Hurworth/Neasham

southwards are

underlain

by adjacent

groundwater bodies, which

are

good

in both

quantitative

and

chemical term

s.

and

coastal

water bodies to

obtain

‘good

ecological status

and

chemical

status by 2015

respect to

both

quality and

quantity.

The

particular issues are

nitrates,

mine

water pollution

and

potential

abstraction

pressures throughout

the

area. A

rising

trend

in nitrate

concentration

in the

groundwater

body has been

identified

and

will

be

addressed

and

mitigated

by th

e

Nitrate

Pollution

Prevention

Regulations 2008.

on=Darlington,%

20Darlington&ep

=map&lang=_e&textonly=off&topi

c=wfd_groundwaters#x=431289&

y=514743&lg=2,7,9,&scale=4

(accessed

February

2011)

Water Use

and

Abstraction

*

Daily

domestic

water use

(per capita

consumption,

litres):

Daily: 136

Abstraction

Water is

available

at low

flows with

an

abstraction

limit of 3.8

mega

litres a

day all

year.

Average

daily

domestic

water use

for

the

UK

is 154

litres

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Reduce

abstraction

to

3.6

mega

litres a

day all year by

2014

Shows that daily

domestic water

consumption

in Darlington

is

18

litres less than

the

national average

It is

anticipated

that no

water will

be

available

for further licensing

at low

flows by 2014

Audit Commission

website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/ChartPage.aspx?i

d=10004876&chartIndex=6&scree

nWidth=1255&screenHeight=835

(accessed

April 2009)

Environment Agency: T

he

Tees

Catchment Abstraction

Management Strategy

http://publications.environment­

agency.gov.uk/pdf/GENE0308BN

TE­E­E.PDF

(2008) (accessed

April 2009)

Flooding

***

Flood

risk

to

development sites:

11

of the

potential development sites

assessed

through

the

SFRA

are

at m

edium

risk of fluvial flooding.

19

sites are

at high

risk of fluvial flooding

43

of the

46

sites were

found

by the

SFRA

Level 2

to have

some

risk of surface

water

flooding.

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Flood

risk is

likely

to

increase

over the

next 2

5 years

due

to

the

impacts

of clim

ate

change

Darlington

Borough

Council

Strategic

Flood

Risk Assessment

Level 1(2009) and

Level 2

(2010)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Livin

g/Planning+and+Building+Control/

Planning+Services/Planning+Poli

cy/FloodRiskAssessment.htm

(accessed

Feb

2011)

SFRAs of neighbouring

authorities.

35

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

    

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

    

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Environmental Protection

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

A large

part

of the

centre

of Darlington

adjacent to

the

Skerne

is at risk of flooding.

The

area

at risk includes business use

but

also

some

highly

vulnerable

sites (e.g.

emergency services).

Flood

risk

in

neighbouring

authorities:

County

Durham:

The

SFRA

Level 1

identifies a

flood

risk

arising

from

Woodham

Burn

(whose

upper

reaches are

partly

in Darlington

Borough) for

residential properties and

a school in

Newton

Aycliffe.

Stockton

Borough:

There

are

various small watercourses flowing

out of Darlington

borough

into

Stockton, for

which

the

Stockton

SFRA

identifies areas in

Flood

Risk Zones 2

and

3.

Richmondshire

District:

The

relevant SFRA

identifies areas near the

Tees, including

nearly all of Croft­on­Tees

village

and

much

of Cleasby, as being

in

Flood

Risk Zone

3.

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Designated

Sites ­Sites of

Special

Scientific

Interest

*

4 Sites of Special S

cientific Interest:

Neasham

Fen

– 2.2

ha

– Favourable

–

(designated

as a

geological S

SSI)

–

Provides an

important record

of Flandrian

vegetation

history

and

environmental

change

– 100%

meeting

PSA

target

Overall

condition

of

SSSI’s in

the

Durham

County

area:

Favourable

–

12.36%

The

Government’s Public

Service

Agreement (PSA)

target is

to

have

95%

of the

SSSI area

in favourable

or

recovering

condition

by 2010

All of Darlington’s

SSSI’s currently

meet the

PSA

target.

100%

of the

SSSI area

is in

a favourable

condition

compared

to16.78%

at the

County

level.

Natural E

ngland

website

­http://www.sssi.

naturalengland.

org.uk/special/s

ssi/report.cfm

?c

ategory=C,CF

36

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

      

  

 

   

  

 

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Hell Kettles –

3.51

ha

–Favourable

(up

from

Unfavourable

Recovering)­Only

site

in

County

Durham

area

where

open

water

fed

by calcareous springs occur.

Only

site

with

saw­sedge

dominated

swamp, very

rare

and

local w

etland

plants

– 100%

meeting

PSA

target

Redcar Field

– 0.68

ha

– Favourable

­Supports a

range

of fen

vegetation

types

not found

at any other site

in County

Durham. O

nly

site

known

to

contain

fen

meadow

– 100%

meeting

PSA

target

Newton

Ketton

Meadow

– 1.9ha

–

Favourable

­One

of the

very

few

surviving

unimproved

hay m

eadows in

the

coastal plain

between

the

River Tyne

and

Tees –

100%

meeting

PSA

target.

Site

is

now

in ELS/HLS

agreement.

•

Total hectares designated

– 8.29

ha

•

% of Borough

= 0.04%

Unfavourable,

recovering

–

86.11%

Unfavourable,

no

change

–

0.69%

Unfavourable

declining

–

0.84%

(accessed

Sep

12)

Designated

Sites –

Local

Nature

Reserves

**

Darlington

has 8

LNR’s

, three

candidate

LNRs and

3 community woodlands:

The

Whinnies LNR

– 11.46ha

– Diverse

site

of grassland, woodland

and

wetland.

Home

to a

variety

of unusual orchids and

butterflies

•

Drinkfield

Marsh

– 5.77ha

– Home

to

many over wintering

birds

•

Brinkburn

– 1.76

ha

– dominated

by a

pond

and

wet woodland

•

Brankin

Moor –

1.82ha

– In

cludes a

woodland

rich

in orchids and

other

Not a

pplicable

Natural E

ngland

target of 1ha

of

Local N

ature

Reserve

per 1,000

of the

population

Darlington

currently falls

short

of

Natural E

ngland’s

target by 0.35

ha

/

1000

of the

population

Darlington

Borough

Council website

­http://www.darlingto

n.gov.uk/dar_public

/documents/Comm

unity%20Services/

CountrysideandRO

W/Green%20Space

s%20inform

ation.pd

f (accessed

May

2009)

DBC

Planning

Policy team

37

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

woodland

plants

•

Geneva

wood

– 13.12ha

– small

woodland

site

•

Rockwell –

22.16ha

green

space

in

the

heart

of the

town

•

Maidendale

Fishing

and

Nature

Reserve

– 7.51ha

– Includes wetlands

and

grasslands

•

West P

ark

– 0.5ha

­contains chalk

grassland

•

Total hectares designated

– 64.1

ha

•

% of Borough

= 0.32%

•

Equates to

0.64

ha/1,000

pop

SSSIs

and

other wildlife

sites within

1km

of the

Borough

boundaries

**

Middridge

Quarry SSSI,

Shildon;

Internationally

important palaeontological

site

Whitton

Bridge

Pasture

SSSI &

Briarcroft

Pasture

SSSI

These

two

SSSIs

in Stockton

Borough

near Bishopton

comprise

the

only

remaining

MG5

species­rich

unimproved

grassland

sites in

the

Tees Lowlands; of

national importance.

Byerley LNR, N

ewton

Aycliffe, D

urham

Stillington

Forest P

ark, S

tockton

SNCIs:

• Brusselton

Wood, S

t Helen

Auckland,

Durham

• Embankment E

of Shildon, Durham

• Pond

at Heighington

Lane

West,

Newton

Aycliffe, D

urham

• Quarry at Long

Track Lane, Aycliffe

Whitton

Bridge

Pasture­Favourable

condition. R

equires protection

from

spray from

adjacent land. (adjoins

Darlington

Borough)

Briarcroft

Pasture­Unfavourable,

recovering

Concentration

of SNCIs, especially

woodland, a

long

the

River Tees

Natural E

ngland

website

­http://www.natureo

nthemap.org.uk/m

a

p.aspx?m=sssi

(accessed

February

2011)

Adjacent LPAs

38

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

 

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Village, Durham

• Sandy Leas Lane

verge, W

hinney Hill,

Stockton

• Sandyleas Plantation, W

hinney Hill,

Stockton

• Longnewton

Reservoir, Longnewton,

Stockton

• Pond

N of A67, nr DTV

Airport,

Stockton

• Bowlhole

Wood, nr Low

Middleton,

Stockton

• Beverley W

ood, H

ornby, Hambleton

• W

oodland

adj. Tees, W

of H

igh

Sockburn, Richmondshire

• Monk End

Wood, C

roft­on­Tees,

Richmondshire

• South

of Straw

Gate, S

tapleton,

Richmondshire

• Land

N of Cleasby, R

ichmondshire

• Land

at H

owden

Hill, C

leasby,

Richmondshire

• W

oodland

adj Tees, Manfield,

Richmondshire

NI 197

Im

proved

Local

Biodiversity

**

2011/12

Proportion

of local sites where

positive

conservation

management has been

or is

being

implemented: 37%

2008/09

figure:

13%

2008/09

Proportion

of

local sites

where

positive

conservation

management

has been

or is

being

implemented:

Hartlepool:

None

set (baseline

year)

Shows that Darlington

Borough

form

erly had

the

lowest proportion

of

local sites where

positive

conservation

management w

as being

implemented

of the

Tees Valley authorities.

Whilst up

to date

inform

ation

for the

other authorities is

not a

vailable, the

figure

for Darlington

has seen

a very

significant improvement.

New

data

from

Strategy and

Perform

ance

section.

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.inf

o4local.gov.uk/DIH

WEB/Homepage.as

px (accessed

March

2010)

39

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

   

    

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

 

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

     

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

  

 

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

24%

Middlesbrough

: 35%

Redcar and

Cleveland:

13%

Stockton: 29%

Priority

habitats

***

Darlington

contains the

following

Priority

Habitats

listed

in th

e UK

Biodiversity

Action

Plan

(BAP):

•

Lowland

meadows (5.1ha)

•

Lowland

calcareous grassland

– very

rarer (0.6ha)

•

Lowland

dry

acid

grassland

– very

rare

(1ha)

•

Fens –

very

rare

(1ha)

•

Reedbeds –

very

rare

(0.5ha)

•

Purple

moorgrass and

rush

pastures

– very

rare

(0.55ha)

Not a

pplicable

Overarching

target:

Ensure

that there

is no

loss in

the

extent or quality of the

North

East R

egion’s

existing

resource

of UK

BAP

habitats

BAP

habitats

in the

Town

Centre

Fringe

include:

‘Rivers

and

Streams’

Actions: A

chieve

Water Framework

Directive

target of good

ecological

potential;

Support

and

encourage

the

use

of buffer strips

along

watercourses

to

improve

riparian

habitat and

water

quality; Identify

opportunities

to

restore

engineered

and

culverted

watercourses,

particularly

in urban

areas. A

lso

to

prevent further deterioration

to existing

rivers

and

streams.

Brownfield

Land

Actions: Increase

extent of early

successional open

mosaic

habitat by

carrying

out on

site.

management work..

Identify

and

protect

the

most important sites

through

Local

Sites

designation

review.

Broadleaved

mixed

lowland

woodland

Support

the

creation

of new

native

woodland

through

EWGS, and

the

restoration

to favourable

condition

of

ASNW

(including

PAWS),

promoting

these

scheme

to TVBP

partner

organisations

and

other landowners.

Lowland

Meadows –

no

comprehensive

account of decline

in

Durham

BAP

area

but in

the

UK

individual counties have

reported

an

annual loss of 10%

Lowland

Calcareous Grassland

– Has

declined

markedly

since

the

Second

World

War largely

through

agricultural

intensification

Lowland

Dry

Acid

Grassland

–

Continues to

be

a rare

and

fragmented

resource

in the

Durham

BAP

area

Fens and

Reedbeds –

Continue

to be

fragmented

habitats

with

numerous

threats

Purple

Moor Grass and

rush

Pastures

– no

trend

identified

but very

rare

in

Darlington

Biodiversity Targets

and

Indicators

for

the

north

east of

England

(NE

Biodiversity

Forum)

(http://www.nebiodi

versity.org.uk/docs/

2.pdf)

(2004) (accessed

March

2010)

A Biodiversity Audit

of the

North

East (NE

Biodiversity Forum)

(http://www.nebiodi

versity.org.uk/docs/

1.pdf)

(2001) (accessed

March

2010)

Durham

Biodiversity Action

Plan

http://www.durham

biodiversity.org.uk/

planstructure3.htm

(accessed

March

2010)

40

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Hedgerows

Encourage

the

planting

of new

hedgerows

in keeping

with

local

character (including

hedgerow

trees),

through

agri­environment schemes,

particularly

along

historic

boundaries

that were

once

hedged.

Lowland

meadow

Designate

lowland

meadows

as

Local

Wildlife

Sites.

Ponds, lakes

and

reservoirs

Encourage

the

creation

of new

ponds

as

part

of the

landscaping

of new

developments

by

producing

and

promoting

a best practice

guide

for

planners

and

developers.

Roadside

Verges

Ensure

that all relevant habitat policy

is

included

in local planning

documents

and

supplementary

planning

guidance

where

relevant,

to

protect,

enhance

or

create

new

landscape

features

of

wildlife

importance

along

transport

corridors

and

to ensure

that ecological

surveys

are

undertaken

prior to

the

determ

ination

of new

transport

schemes.

Darlington

Borough

Council

Countryside

Team

Priority

Species

***

Darlington

contains the

following

Priority

Species listed

in the

UK

Biodiversity

Action

Plan

(BAP):

Mammals

Water Vole

Brown

Hare

European

Otter

Bat species

Birds

Skylark

Linnet

Reed

Bunting

Not a

pplicable

Targets

for Tees

Valley

BAP

area:

Water vole:

Ensure

existing

populations

are

protected, and

their

habitat enhanced

and

extended

through

development

control and

flood

risk

operations.

GCN

Strengthen

and

expand

known

metapopulations

by

carrying

out pond

creation

and

management w

ork

through

the

Tees

Valley

Pondscape

Project.

Harvest mouse

Develop

suitable

habitat links

around

Water Vole

– severe

decline

– national

protection

status

Brown

Hare

– Little

inform

ation

on

population

trends but believed

to be

widespread

Otter –

Widespread

on

the

Tees. T

he

Skerne

remains to

be

fully

colonised.

Some

encouraging

signs in

term

s of

expansion

of range

but species is

still

rare

and

has European

Protection

Status

Pipistrelle

Bat –

ubiquitous

throughout the

whole

of the

area. H

as

European

protection

status

Durham

Biodiversity Action

Plan

http://www.durham

biodiversity.org.uk/

planstructure3.htm

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Darlington

Borough

Council

Countryside

Team

41

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

                

   

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Biodiversity

and

Geodiversity

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Corn

Bunting

Spotted

Flycatcher

Tree

Sparrow

Grey Partridge

Bullfinch

Song

Thrush

Amphibian

Great C

rested

Newt

Crustacean

White

Clawed

Crayfish

In addition, the

following

species recorded

in

Darlington

Borough

are

featured

in th

e

Tees Valley BAP:

Dingy Skipper

Grayling

Forester moth

Harvest Mouse

Black Poplar

Swift

Yellow

Wagtail

Tufted

Sedge

Brown

Trout

Eel

Salmon

current sites

to

allow

species

to

extend

range

Skylark

– Numbers

are

down

by about

38%

since

1994

in the

region

as a

whole

Linnet –

very

common

and

well

distributed

species

Reed

Bunting

– Declined

nationally

by

over 60%

since

the

70’s

but remains

widespread

in lowland

areas. T

he

DBAP

breeding

population

is between

500

and

800

pairs

Corn

Bunting

– Have

decreased

by at

least 95%

in the

North

East since

the

70’s

Spotted

Flycatcher –

In sharp

decline

Tree

Sparrow

– Have

decreased

by at

least 50%

in the

North

East since

the

70’s. Locally common

but sparsely

distributed

Song

Thrush–

Populations are

fairly

stable

at low

numbers.

Barn

Owl:

Recent revival in

numbers

Great Crested

Newt –Decline

in

recent years. S

tudies indicate

a

national rate

of colony loss of

approximately

2%

over 5

years

White

Clawed

Crayfish

– Thought to

have

declined

dramatically

in recent

decades

42

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

      

        

  

              

 

  

      

        

  

              

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

        

          

  

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

         

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

        

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

          

 

  

  

    

   

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Waste

and

Minerals

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Waste

management

sites

Household

Waste

Recycling

Sites:

Whessoe

Rd

Bring

Sites: There

are

17

sites

distributed

across the

Borough

Waste

Transfer Stations:

There

are

no

waste

transfer

stations in

the

Borough. W

aste

to

be

disposed

of at landfill or to

be

recycled

is transported

directly to

Aycliffe

which

is 1

mile

outside

of Darlington

Borough

and

5 m

iles from

Darlington

Borough

Council’s

waste

depot

Landfill

sites:

Located

at Aycliffe

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

amount of waste

management sites in

the

Borough

may change

over time.

Darlington

Borough

Council

Waste

Minimisation

and

Recycling

Officer

Household

Waste

**

Waste

produced

(tonnes)

66,692.52

(2006/07)

66,063.88

(2007/08)

62,999.41

(2008/09)

NI193: %

of municipal w

aste

landfilled

67.5

(2006/07)

65.3

(2007/08)

62.8

(2008/09)

47.3

(2009/10)

Waste

collected

(kg/head) BV

84

515

(2000/01)

522

(2001/02)

508

(2003/04)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Average

amount

of household

waste

collected

per head

nationally

in

2006/07

was

Waste

Strategy

2007

targets

include:

•

recycling

and

composting

of household

waste

– at

least 40%

by 2010, 4

5%

by 2015

and

50%

by 2020;

and

•

recovery

of municipal

waste

– 53%

by 2010,

67%

by 2015

and

75%

by

2020

Shows that total w

aste

produced

in

Darlington

Borough

decreased

by 3693.11

tonnes in

the

period

2006/09

Shows that the

proportion

of

waste

landfilled

decreased

over

the

period

2006/10, especially

in

the

last year.

Shows a

total decrease

of

9kg/head

over the

period

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/

DIHWEB/Homepage.aspx

(accessed

March

2010)

Audit Commission

Website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/DataProfile.aspx?

entity=0

(accessed

May 2009)

43

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

        

        

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

            

  

                

        

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

            

  

  

  

  

  

       

  

  

  

  

  

       

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

        

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

            

 

  

  

  

  

        

  

   

  

    

  

      

  

   

  

    

  

        

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Waste

and

Minerals

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

548

(2004/05)

506

(2006/07)

NI191: Residual household

waste

per household

(kg)

824.69

(2006/07)

726

(2007/08)

Waste

recycled

(tonnes)

11537.22

(2006/07)

13261.82

(2007/08)

13138.38

(2008/09)

28342

(2009/10)

Waste

recycled

(%)

11.8

(2001/02)

13.4

(2003/04)

14.7

(2005/06)

26.6

(2006/07)

26.6

(2007/08)

29.3

(2008/09)

40.1

(2009/10)

Waste

composted

(%)

5.8%

(2006/07)

6.0%

(2007/08)

6.9%

(2008/09)

6.8%

(2009/10)

Take

up

of discounted

compost bins

68

sold

(2008/09)

Equates to

a diversion

of 10.2

tonnes from

landfill

NI192: %

of household

waste

sent for reuse, recycling

and

441kg

Not available

Not a

pplicable

Average

amount

of household

waste

recycled

nationally

in

2006/07

was

19.23%.

Average

amount

of household

waste

composted

nationally

in

2006/07

was

10.27%

75

Hartlepool

170

Middlesbrough

345

Redcar &

Cleveland

289

Stockton

Local targets:

NI193:

74%

(2008/09)

60%

(2009/10)

58%

(2010/11)

NI191:

No

local target set

NI 192:

26%

(2008/09)

40%

(2009/10)

42%

(2010/11)

As above

Not a

pplicable

As above

2000/07. Darlington

collected

65kg/head

more

than

the

national

average

in 2006/07

Shows a

decrease

of kg

waste

per household

of 98.69

Shows a

total increase

of 16805

tonnes recycled

over the

period

2006/10

Shows a

28.3

percentage

point

increase

in the

recycling

rate

over

the

period

2001/10. Darlington

was 3.21%

below

the

national

average

in 06/07

Shows an

1 percentage

point

increase

in the

composting

rate

over the

period

2006/10.

Darlington

was 3.58

percentage

points

below

the

national average

in

06/07

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/

DIHWEB/Homepage.aspx

(accessed

March

2010)

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Audit Commission

Website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?

entity=10004880

(accessed

May

2009)

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Audit Commission

Website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?

entity=10004881

(accessed

May

2009)

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

44

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

        

      

  

          

        

  

        

  

  

  

  

          

        

  

          

      

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

      

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

     

   

  

  

   

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

  

  

        

  

        

  

  

      

  

    

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Waste

and

Minerals

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

composting

22.71%

(2006/07)

24.67%

(2007/08)

26.89%

(2008/09)

Bring

site

contribution

%

4.9%

(2006/07)

5%

(2007/08)

4.8%

(2008/09)

Charity

collections

contribution

%

2.4%

(2006/07)

2.4%

(2007/08)

2.5%

(2008/09)

HWRC

contribution

%

51.8%

(2006/07)

46.9%

(2007/08)

49.29%

(2008/09)

Kerbside

contribution

%

41%

(2006/07)

38%

(2007/08)

36%

(2008/09)

% of household

waste

used

to

recover heat,

power and

other energy

sources

0%

(2001­2007)

Not a

vailable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

National

average

energy

from

waste

%

for 06/07

was

0.24%

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Government target of 10%

of electricity to

be

provided

by renewable

sources by

2010

with

the

aspiration

to

double

this

by 2020

Shows that there

was less take

up

of the

discounted

home

composting

scheme

in Darlington

than

the

rest of the

Tees Valley

Shows a

4.18%

increase

in the

overall reuse

and

recycling

rate

in

the

period

2006/09

Shows that Darlington’s

HWRC

followed

by the

kerbside

recycling

collection

service

contribute

the

most to

Darlington’s

overall

recycling

rate. H

owever there

was

a 2.5%

decline

in HWRC

contribution

and

a 5%

decline

in

Kerbside

contribution

over the

period

2006/09. T

he

bring

site

and

charity

collections contribute

a

relatively

steady %

to the

overall

recycling

rate

each

year

Not a

nticipated

to

change

Darlington

Borough

Council

Waste

Minimisation

and

Recycling

Officer

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Waste

Data

Flow

Spreadsheet

Audit Commission

Website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit­

commission.gov.uk/(twnb0f34rbgi

bo55tke0pp55)/DetailPage.aspx?

entity=10004882

(accessed

May

2009)

Minerals

* Number of developments

in

mineral safeguarding

areas

(2008):

Nil

Number of approved

minerals

developments

(2008):

Nil

Not a

pplicable

RSS

target for the

region

to

contribute

towards the

availability

of 26.25

million

tonnes of sand

and

gravel and

156

million

tonnes of crushed

rock between

2001­2021

in the

NE

region

No

quarrying

activity currently

takes place

in Darlington

Borough

Planning

and

Environmental

Policy Section

The

North

East of England

Regional S

patial S

trategy to

2021

45

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                          

  

 

  

   

  

   

   

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

                

  

  

  

  

  

  

              

  

  

   

  

  

  

       

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

                  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Waste

and

Minerals

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

To

enable

the

regional target

of supplying

76

million

tonnes

of alternative

(secondary

and

recycled) materials

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

VAT

registered

businesses

***

Total number of VAT

registered

businesses:

2,200

(2004)

2,290

(2005)

2,325

(2006)

2,410

(2007)

9.5%

improvement over the

period

2004

to

2007

in the

number of VAT

registered

businesses

NI171

new

businesses

registering

for VAT

and

PAYE

per 10, 000

resident

population:

40.70

(2006)

46.50

(2007)

46.80

(2008)

38

(2009)

Businesses de­registering

per

10,000

adult population

31

(2006)

34

(2007)

North

East:

9.5%

improvement over the

period

2004

to

2007

in the

number of VAT

registered

businesses

Great B

ritain: 7

.2%

improvement over the

period

2004

to

2007

in the

number of VAT

registered

businesses

North

East:

34

(2006)

41.9

(2007)

36.7

(2008)

31

(2009)

England:

54.8

(2006)

59.5

(2007)

57.2

(2008)

48

(2009)

North

East:

26

(2006)

28

(2007)

30

(2008)

35

(2009)

Not a

pplicable

No

local targets

set

Shows a

net increase

of 210

(9.5%)

businesses in

the

borough

over the

period

2004/07

This

% increase

is in

line

with

regional figures

and

exceeds National figures

Vat registrations in

Darlington

are

above

regional averages but significantly behind

the

national average

There

has been

a steady growth

in business

de­registrations over the

past four years.

NOMIS

website

–

https://www.nomisweb.

co.uk/reports/lmp/la/20

38432081/subreports/v

at_time_series/report.a

spx (2007) (accessed

March

2010)

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4l

ocal.gov.uk/DIHWEB/

Homepage.aspx

(accessed

March

2010)

46

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

              

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

    

  

    

  

   

   

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

    

  

    

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

    

   

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

    

  

 

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

37

(2008)

42

(2009)

Enterprise

births/deaths

as

a

proportion

of all

active

enterprises

Births: 9.8%

Deaths: 13.8%

England:

54.8

(2006)

59.5

(2007)

57.2

(2008)

48

(2009)

Enterprise

births/deaths

as

a proportion

of all

active

enterprises

Births: 9.6%(NE),

10.4

(England)

Deaths: 13.1%(NE),

13.1%

(England)

Darlington

has a

rate

of business births slightly

above

the

regional average, though

below

the

national average.

It has a

rate

of business deaths noticeably

higher than

the

regional and

national

averages.

Employment

by type­

Darlington

residents

**

1 Managers, directors

and

senior officials

8.8%

2

Professional occupations

14.3%

3

Associate

professional &

technical 14.0%

4

Administrative

& secretarial

11.1%

5

Skilled

trades occupations

9.1%

6

Caring, leisure

and

Other

Service

occupations 8.9%

7

Sales and

customer service

occs 13.7%

8

Process plant &

machine

operatives 6.5%

9

Elementary

occupations

13.3%

1 Managers, directors

and

senior officials

8.2%

(NE),

10.0

(GB)

2 P

rofessional

occupations 16.4%

(NE),

19.2%

(GB)

3 A

ssociate

professional

& technical 13.2%

(NE),

14.0%

(GB)

4 A

dministrative

&

secretarial 11.1%

(NE),

11.1%

(GB)

5 S

killed

trades

occupations 11.3%

(NE),

10.8%

(GB)

6 C

aring, leisure

and

Other Service

occupations 9.4%

(NE),

9.1%

(GB)

7 S

ales and

customer

service

occs 10.0%

(NE),

8.1%

(GB)

Not a

pplicable

In

the

professions, skilled

trades and

caring/leisure/other services, D

arlington

has a

lower proportion

of its citizens employed

than

the

national and

regional averages.

In sales/customer service

and

elementary

occupations, it has a

higher proportion.

For the

remaining

types of employment the

proportion

of Darlington

citizens employed

is

somewhere

between

the

national and

regional

averages.

NOMIS

website

–

https://www.nomis

web.co.uk/reports/l

mp/la/2038432081

/report.aspx#tabva

t (2012) (accessed

Sep

2012)

47

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

    

  

  

   

   

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

8

Process plant &

machine

operatives

7.8%

(NE),

6.4%

(GB)

9 E

lementary

occupations 12.3%

(NE),

10.9%

(GB)

Employment

by sector­

People

who

work

in

Darlington

(2009)

Primary­0.3%

Manufacturing­7.7%

Construction­10.2%

Distribution, hotels, b

ars

etc­

32.9%

Finance­5.8%

Public

sector­27.8%

Other services­15.4%

Primary­1.8%

(NE),

2%

(G

B)

Manufacturing­11.3%

(NE),

9%

(GB)

Construction­6.1%

(NE),

4.8%

(GB)

Distribution, hotels, b

ars

etc­27.9%

(NE),

31.3%

(G

B)

Finance­4.2%

(NE),

5.5%

(G

B)

Public

sector­33.3%

(NE),

28.2%

(GB)

Other services­15.3%

(NE),

19.2%

(GB)

Not a

pplicable

People

who

work

in Darlington

are

more

likely

to

work

in construction, finance

or

distribution/hotels/bars

than

the

regional or

national averages.

They are

less likely

to work

in primary

industries, m

anufacturing, or the

public

sector.

While

the

statistics for employment in

Darlington

and

for employment of Darlington

residents

are

not d

irectly comparable, being

for

different years, they m

ay indicate

a number of

manufacturing

and

public

sector workers

living

in

Darlington

and

commuting

to work

elsewhere, and

a number of financial and

distribution/hotel/bar workers

commuting

into

Darlington.

Tees Valley Economic

Statistics brochure

http://www.teesvalleyu

nlim

ited.gov.uk/inform

ation­

forecasting/documents

/economic_profile/eco

nomic%20profile%20fe

bruary%202011.pdf

Tourism

The

three

year average

revenue

for tourism

in

Darlington

for 1997­1999

was

£54.2

million

Hartlepool ­£25.6

million

Redcar and

Cleveland

­£48.2

million

Stockton

­£89

million

Middlesbrough

­£98.5

million

Not a

pplicable

A

Tourism

Strategy for

the

Tees Valley (2003)

http://www.teesvalleyp

artnership.co.uk/pdf/str

ategic_documents/TV

P­tourism­

strategy.PDF

Employment

land

availability

*

Existing

supply: 343.ha

Anticipated

demand

2009­

2026: 101.5

ha

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows an

over supply

of employment land

to

meet need

Darlington

Employment Land

Review

(2009)

http://www.darlington.g

ov.uk/Generic/Search

Results.htm

?q=employ

48

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

    

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

    

  

  

   

 

  

    

      

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

          

            

  

     

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

      

  

    

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

ment+land+review

Retail

***

Distribution

of shopping

floorspace

(A1):

Town

centre

­42%

Town

centre

fringe

­6%

District and

local centres –

15%

Out of town

– 26%

Local shops outside

centres –

10%

Percentage

of shopping

floorspace

vacant

Town

centre–

8%

Town

centre

fringe

– 18%

District centres –

3%

Out of town

– 7%

Local shops outside

centres­

8%

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

to protect the

viability

of the

town

centre

Shows that the

town

centre

has the

greatest

percentage

of shopping

floorspace

followed

by

out of town

centres

Shows that the

town

centre

fringe

has m

uch

the

worst shop

vacancy rate, followed

by the

town

centre

and

local shops.

Statistical update

to

Darlington

Retail Study

2008

(2010)

http://www.darlington.g

ov.uk/dar_public/docu

ments/Development%

20and%20Environmen

t/Development%

20and

%20Regeneration/Pla

nning%20Services/Poli

cy/Studies/Shopping%

20Floorspace%20in%

20Dton%20Update.pdf

Working

age

population

(years)

***

Borough

residents

Darlington:

Population

aged

16­64:

63.1

(2009/10)

Population

aged

16­64:

that are

economically

active:

75.1%

(2009/10)

(Men: 82%, W

omen: 69.2%

in

09/10, 6

8.4%

in 11/12)

Population

aged

16­64:

in employment:

68.6%

(2009/10)

Great B

ritain: Population

16­64:

64.8%

(2009/10)

76.5%

of the

population

nationally

between

age

16­64

are

economically

active

70.2%

of the

population

nationally

between

age

16­64

are

in employment

(70.2%

in 09/10)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

percentage

of Darlington’s

population

who

are

of working

age

is 1.7

percentage

points

below

the

national average, and

decreasing

faster than

the

national average

is.

Darlington

is 1.4

percentage

points

behind

the

national average

for %

of 16­64s who

are

economically

active­a

drop

of nearly a

whole

percentage

point o

ver the

last two

years

while

the

national average

has remained

the

same.

Most of the

percentage

loss to

this

category

is

accounted

for by women.

Darlington

is 2.4

percentage

points

below

the

national average

for %

of 16­64

year olds in

employment­a

drop

of nearly a

whole

NOMIS

website

–

https://www.nomisweb.

co.uk/reports/lmp/la/20

38432081/report.aspx

?town=Darlington

(accessed

Sep

2012)

Darlington

Borough

Council Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

49

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

            

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

     

   

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

67.8%

(2011/12)

Unemployment rate

(overall,

model based):

5.3%

(2006/07)

6.0%

(2007/08)

7.1%

(2008/09)

9.2%

(2009/10)

8.4%

(2010/11)

10.2%

(2011/12)

Unemployment rate

(male)

3.2%

(2006/07)

7.7%

(2007/08)

5.9%

(2008/09)

11.9%

(2009/10)

7.3%

(2010/11)

12.4%

(2011/12)

Unemployment rate

(female)

3.8%

(2006/07)

4.4%

(2007/08)

6.3%

(2008/09)

5.7%

(2009/10)

4.8%

(2010/11)

6.3%

(2011/12)

Great Britain

Unemployment rate:

5.4%

(2006/07)

5.2%

(2007/08)

6.2%

(2008/09)

7.9%

(2009/10)

7.6%

(2010/11)

8.1%

(2011/12)

Unemployment (m

ale)

5.8%

(2006/07)

5.4%

(2007/08)

6.7%

(2008/09)

8.9%

(2009/10)

8.4%

(2010/11)

8.7%

(2011/12)

Unemployment (female)

4.9%

(2006/07)

4.9%

(2007/08)

5.6%

(2008/09)

6.7%

(2009/10)

6.7%

(2010/11)

7.4%

(2011/12)

Target should

be

to have

as

few

people

unemployed

as possible

percentage

point o

ver the

last two

years

while

the

national average

has remained

the

same.

Figures are

now

for population

aged

16­64,

rather than

population

‘of working

age’.

The

unemployment rate

has increased

even

more

severely

in Darlington

than

in Great

Britain

as a

whole, n

early doubling

since

before

the

depression, and

continuing

to

get

worse.

Whilst six

years

ago

Darlington

had

an

unemployment rate

0.1%

below

the

national

average, it is

now

1.9%

above.

In Darlington

the

male

unemployment rate

has

fluctuated

but overall has now

increased

to

nearly double

the

female

unemployment rate.

The

male

unemployment rate

in th

e Borough

is

now

significantly above

the

national equivalent

figure, whereas the

female

unemployment rate

is

below

it.

People

employed

or

business

owners/

proprietors

etc. in

the

area

***

Darlington

borough

Change

2008­2009

­11%

North

East

Change

2008­2009

­4.3%

Great B

ritain:

Change

2008­2009

­2.3%

The

number of jobs in

Darlington

borough

decreased

very

severely

between

2008

and

2009­as a

percentage, it was over twice

the

regional loss and

over four times the

national

loss.

Tees Valley Economic

Statistics brochure

http://www.teesvalleyu

nlim

ited.gov.uk/inform

ation­

forecasting/documents

/economic_profile/eco

nomic%20profile%20fe

bruary%202011.pdf

Out of work

Jobseeker allowance

Great B

ritain:

Target should

Shows that the

% of JSA

claimants

has

NOMIS

website

–

50

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

        

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

       

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

        

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

      

 

  

  

  

    

  

                                                             

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

          

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

          

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

                                                         

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

benefits

claimants

***

claimants

only

(each

April):

2.9%

(2007)

2.8%

(2008)

5.1%

(2009)

5.0%

(2010)

5.0%

(2011)

5.8%

(2012)

JSA

claimants

of each

gender (2012):

Male: 7.7%

Female: 3.6%

% of people

in each

age

bracket claiming

JSA

(2012):

12.6%

(aged

18­24)

5.8%

(aged

25­49)

2.9%

(aged

50­64)

JSA

claimants

by

duration

(2011):

Up

to 6

months: 72.8%

(2011),

51.9%

(2012)

6 –

12

months: 15.3%

(2011),

21.1%

(2012)

Over 12

months: 11.9%

(2011),

26.9%

(2012)

Percentage

of people

aged

16­64

on

key

out­of­work

benefits:

4.0%

(2012)

NE

region:

5.5%

(2012)

Great B

ritain

Male: 5.0%

Female: 2.7%

Great B

ritain:

7.5%

(aged

18­24)

4.0%

(aged

25­49)

2.2%

(aged

50+)

NE

region:

10.4%

(aged

18­24)

5.7%

(aged

25­49)

2.8%

(aged

50+)

2011

figures:

Great B

ritain:

68.5%

(up

to

6 m

onths)

16.3%

(6­12

months)

15.2%

(over 12

months)

NE

region:

70.1%

(up

to

6 m

onths)

17.5%

(6­12

months)

12.5%

(over 12

months)

Great B

ritain

be

to have

as

few

people

as

possible

claiming

Jobseeker’s

Allowance

doubled

since

2007. D

arlington

claimants

are

now

more

numerous than

at the

regional level

and

well above

the

national level.

Over two

thirds of JSA

claimants

in Darlington

are

men. T

his

difference

is less pronounced

at

the

national scale.

Shows that the

age

group

with

the

highest

proportion

of JSA

claimants

is 18­24

year olds,

with

50­64

year olds least likely

to claim

JSA.

This

repeats

the

pattern

of the

national and

regional figures.

Shows that a

slim

majority

of JSA

claimants

in

Darlington

have

been

claiming

for less than

6

months. T

his

figure

has worsened

significantly

over the

last year,

with

big

increases in

the

proportion

of medium

and

long

term

JSA

claimants. A

lthough

18­24

year olds are

most

likely

to be

JSA

claimants, claimants

of that

age

are

most likely

to be

short

term

whilst

older claimants

are

now

most likely

to have

been

claiming

for 6

months or more.

Shows that the

% of people

claiming

JSA

and

https://www.nomisweb.

co.uk/reports/lmp/la/20

38432081/report.aspx

?town=Darlington

(accessed

Feb

2011)

51

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

      

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

 

   

  

    

   

      

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Economy

and

Employment

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

14.2%

(Feb

2007)

13.9%

(Feb

2008)

15.8%

(Feb

2009)

15.8%

(Feb

2010)

15.2%

(Feb

2011)

15.6%

(Feb

2012)

11.6%

(Feb

2007)

11.1%

(Feb

2008)

12.6%

(Feb

2009)

12.8%

(Feb

2010)

12.3%

(Feb

2011)

12.5%

(Feb

2012)

No

local targets

set

other worklessness related

benefits

has

increased

over the

period

by 1.4

percentage

points, and

remains significantly higher than

the

national figure.

Workless

households

***

18.7%: Households with

no­

one

working

18.9%: Dependents

in

workless households

21.2%: Families with

no­one

working

25.2%: Children

in workless

families

55.1%

Lone

parents

in work

Tees Valley Unlim

ited

ward

data:

http://www.teesvalleyu

nlim

ited.gov.uk/inform

ationforecasting/docu

ments/place/warddata.

xls

(accessed

July

2010)

Earnings

***

NI166: A

verage

earnings of

employees in

the

area:

£372.00

(2006)

£431.10

(2007)

£440.10

(2008)

£431.60

(2009)

£440.50

(2010)

£448.30

(2011)

North

East gross weekly

pay:

£451.80

(2011)

National gross weekly

pay:

£502.6

(2011)

Local T

argets:

£415

(08/09)

£427

(09/10)

£446

(10/11)

£466

(11/12)

Average

earnings have

increased

by £76.30

per week between

2006

and

2011. However

they dropped

back sharply

between

2008

and

2009. T

his

led

to them

being

overtaken

by the

regional average

earnings, which

have

grown

steadily, a

nd

failing

to m

eet the

local targets

for the

last few

years.

https://www.nomis

web.co.uk/reports/l

mp/la/2038432081

/report.aspx#tabva

t (accessed

Sep

2012)

Darlington

Borough

Council Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Education

and

skills

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Total number

of schools

(with

breakdown

of

subscription)

***

Nurseries

­10

Infant and

Junior –

2

Oversubscribed

– 2

Primary

– 25

Oversubscribed

– 17

Secondary

– 7

Not applicable

Not a

pplicable

The

total number of schools

may

change

over time

in the

Borough.

2009

application

levels

show

that

Most of the

Borough’s

infant and

junior and

primary

schools

are

over­subscribed. O

nly

one

primary

and

one

secondary

school received

fewer

applications than

they had

places.

Primary

School A

dmissions Guide

2011/12

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Childrens%20Services

/Schools/Admissions/Primary.pdf

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Secondary

School A

dmissions Guide

2009/10

52

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

   

    

  

 

  

  

 

  

   

      

  

   

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

    

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Education

and

skills

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Oversubscribed

– 3

Private

Schools

– 3

Colleges

­2

Demand

outweighs supply.

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Childrens%20Services

/Schools/Admissions/Secondary.pdf

(accessed

Feb

2011)

16

year olds

achieving

5

A* to

C

grades

including

Maths and

English

***

NI75: Achievement of 5

or

more

A* ­C

grades at

GCSE

including

English

and

Maths

51.8%

(2009)

54.7%

(2010)

65.7%

(2011)

North

East:

48.1%

(2009)

52.8%

(2010)

56.8%

(2011)

England:

49.8%

(2009)

53.5%

(2010)

58.9%

(2011)

National:

53%

to achieve

5 A*­

C GCSE

grades by

2011

Local Targets:

50.2%

(08/09)

58.7%

(09/10)

59.2%

(10/11)

Shows year on

year improvement.

Achievements

in Darlington

are

above

the

national and

regional %

and

exceed

local targets

Darlington

LIS

http://lis.darlington.gov.uk/profiles/pro

file?profileId=27&geoTypeId=19&geo

Ids=E06000005

(accessed

Sep

2012)

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

16

to 18

year

olds who

are

not in

education,

training

or

employment

***

NI 117: N

EET

3.70%

(2006/07)

7.50%

(2007/08)

6.90%

(2008/09)

North

East:

9.8%

(2008/09)

England:

6.7%

(2008/09)

Local T

argets:

6.40%

(2008/09)

6.20%

(2009/10)

5.70%

(2010/11)

5.70%

(2011/12)

Shows an

86%

increase

in the

%

of 16

to 18

year olds who

are

not

in education

or training

over the

2006

to

2009

period. H

owever,

there

has been

a slight reduction

in

NEET’s

between

2007/08

and

2008/09. The

2008/09

local target

was m

issed

by 0.5%

Darlington’s

level of NEET

in

2007/08

was below

the

regional

average

but above

the

national

average

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Qualifications

(population

aged

16­64)

**

No

qualifications –

20.6%

(2005)

14.8%

(2006)

12.2%

(2007)

13.3%

(2008)

13.0%

(2009)

11.5%

(2010)

2010

figures­

NVQ1

and

above: 82.1%

NVQ2

and

above: 69.2%

No

qualifications:

North

East:

14.8%

(2009)

England:

12.3%

(2009)

NVQ4

and

above:

North

East:

25.5%

(2010)

Great B

ritain:

31.3%

(2010)

Target should

be

to

reduce

the

% of

working

age

population

who

have

no

qualifications

The

% of working

age

population

without qualifications has

decreased

significantly since

2005. H

owever,

after briefly being

better than

the

national average

it

has now

fallen

behind

again.

The

proportion

of people

with

qualfications at the

level of NVQ4

or above

is significantly higher

than

the

North

East average,

NOMIS

website

­https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/l

mp/la/2038432081/subreports/quals_

time_series/report.aspx (accessed

Feb

2011)

Darlington

LIS:

http://lis.darlington.gov.uk/profiles/pro

file?profileId=32&geoTypeId=19&geo

Ids=E06000005

(accessed

Sep

2012)

53

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Education

and

skills

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

NVQ3

and

above: 51.8%

NVQ4

and

above: 30.8%

though

slightly lower than

the

national average.

Skills

***

NI174: S

kills gaps in

the

current workforce

reported

by employers

25.40%

(2006/07)

22.10%

(2007/08)

North

East:

21%

(2007/08)

National:

16%

(2007/08)

Target should

be

to

reduce

the

skills gap

The

skills gap

in Darlington

is

decreasing. H

owever,

the

gap

is

greater than

the

regional and

national averages.

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010

Learning

and

Skills Council:

North

East R

egional S

trategic

Analysis

2007/08

­http://readingroom.lsc.gov.uk/lsc/Nort

hEast/ner­

regionalstrategicanalysis200708­br­

11jan2007.pdf (accessed

May 2009)

Transport

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Access to

services

*

NI175: A

ccess to

services

and

facilities by public

transport, walking

and

cycling

94%

(2008/09)

Not available

Local Targets:

08/09

– 94%

09/10

– 94%

10/11

– 94%

Shows that the

majority

of the

population

are

able

to

access

services without the

use

of a

car.

Local targets

have

been

met

Hub

data

stored

at

http://www.places.communities.gov.u

k/NewsPages/News_Documents/Hub

DownloadOct2010.xls

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Vehicle

ownership

**

Darlington

No

vehicle: 31.24%

1

vehicle: 45.2%

2

vehicles: 1

9.6%

3

vehicles: 3%

4

or more

vehicles: 0.8%

NE

No

vehicle: 35.9%

1

vehicle: 43%

2

vehicles: 1

7%

3

vehicles 2.7

4+

vehicles: 0.7%

UK

No

vehicle: 26.8%

1

vehicle: 43.6%

2

vehicles: 2

3.5%

3

vehicles: 4.5%

Not a

pplicable

Shows that less households in

Darlington

are

without a

vehicle

than

the

North

East and

UK

averages. Also

shows that

Darlington

households have

a

greater percentage

of vehicle

ownership

than

the

regional

average. T

his

level of ownership

is

slightly below

the

UK

average

in

relation

to

2, 3

and

4 or more

vehicles.

ONS

Car or Van

­http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g

ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.

do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=

13&e=15&g=387623&i=1001x1003x

1004&m=0&r=1&s=1242911087328

&enc=1&dsFamilyId=51

(updated

March

2007) (accessed

October

2009)

54

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

 

   

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

 

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

4+

vehicles: 1.3%

Number of

cars

owned

***

42,200

(2004)

44,000

(2008)

Not available

Not a

pplicable

Shows an

increase

of 1,800

cars

owned

in th

e Borough

over a

4

year period. T

his

is a

total

increase

of 4%

Darlington

– Sustainable

Travel

Demonstration

Town

– Travel

behaviour research

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo

tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA

L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (M

ar 2009)

Car Mileage

* Total kilometres per year

(everyday days) in

millions

355.4

(2004)

321.1

(2008)

Not available

Not a

pplicable

Shows a

reduction

of 34.3

million

km

per year

Darlington

– Sustainable

Travel

Demonstration

Town

– Travel

behaviour research

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo

tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA

L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (M

arch

2009)

% change

in

transport

mode

choice

(2004­2008)

*

Walk

– plus 4%

Bicycle

– plus 2%

Motorcycle

– no

change

Car as driver –

minus 4%

Car as passenger –

minus

2%

Bus –

no

change

Other public

transport

– no

change

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

to

increase

the

%

change

towards

more

sustainable

transport

means

The

Local M

otion

project h

as

increased

walking

and

cycling

and

reduced

car use

in th

e to

wn. T

he

project has not influenced

the

use

of public

transport

Darlington

– Sustainable

Travel

Demonstration

Town

– Travel

behaviour research

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo

tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA

L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (M

arch

2009)

Reasons for

travel

2008

Work: 20%

Work

related

business: 2%

Education: 1

0%

Shopping: 23%

Personal business: 4%

Escort: 10%

Leisure: 31%

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shopping

and

leisure

are

the

largest trip

generators, accounting

for over half (54%) of all trips in

the

Borough

Darlington

– Sustainable

Travel

Demonstration

Town

– Travel

behaviour research

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo

tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA

L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (M

arch

2009)

LTP

area

wide

traffic

flows

*

851

(2003)

849

(2004)

860

(2005)

874

(2006)

872

(2007)

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

for

traffic

flows not to

exceed

TEMPRO

growth

projections of

8.6%

Shows that traffic

flows have

increased

by just 2.5%

between

2003

and

2007. T

his

is well below

TEMPRO

projections

Darlington: A

Town

on

the

Move.

Second

Local Transport

Plan

Delivery

Report

2008

Cycling

trips

Trips per person

and

year:

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

to

Shows an

increase

of 19

cycling

Darlington

– Sustainable

Travel

55

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

  

     

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

14

(2004)

33

(2008)

% of people

using

a bicycle

per day

2%

(2004)

5%

(2008)

increase

cycling

trips

and

the

% of people

using

a bicycle

per

day

trips per person

per year and

a

3%

increase

in th

e %

of people

using

a bicycle

to travel

Demonstration

Town

– Travel

behaviour research

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Localmotion/Local_Mo

tion_in_Darlington_final_report_FINA

L_DRAFT_UPDATED.pdf (M

arch

2009)

% of trips that

are

walk

trips

*

29%

(2009)

Not a

pplicable

27%

LTP2

target

Shows that the

% of walk

trips are

ahead

of target

DBC

– Transport

Policy Team

Children

travelling

to

school –

mode

of

transport

usually

used

*

NI 198

(Aged

5­15)

Car including

vans

and

taxis

22.6%

(06/07)

26.1.3B%

(07/08)

21.3%

(08/09)

Car share

2.4%

(06/07)

6.1.3C%

(07/08)

3.1%

(08/09)

Public

transport

16.6%

(06/07)

16.0%

(07/08)

15.7%

(08/09)

Walking

55.4%

(06/07)

55.1%

(07/08)

56.5%

(08/09)

Cycling

6.1.3C%

(06/07)

6.1.3C%

(07/08)

3.0%

(08/09)

Other

0.2%

(06/07)

0.3%

(07/08)

0.5%

(08/09)

Not available

Children

travelling

to

school m

ode

of

transport

usually

used

(car)

21.8%

(2009)

20.8%

(2010)

19.8%

(2011)

Shows that a

greater %

of

children

walk

to

school than

any

other mode

of transport

and

this

is

increasing

slightly. O

ther

increases include

a slight

increase

in cycling, car sharing

and

other modes. S

hows a

decrease

in use

of cars

(including

vans and

taxis) which

slightly

exceeds targets

and

a decrease

in

use

of public

transport

modes

DBC

Transport

Policy

Number or %

36

out of 44

schools

have

a

Not a

pplicable

Target for all schools

Shows that DBC

is on

target to

DBC

Transport

Policy

56

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

    

 

  

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

of schools

with

school

travel plans

*

travel plan

(82%) This

figure

includes private

schools

to

have

a travel plan

by 31/03/10

meet its

100%

target for 31/03/10.

2 out of the

4 private

schools

are

currently progressing

a plan

% of rights

of

way that are

easy to

use

by the

public

***

72.5%

(2008)

75%

(2009)

63%

(2012)

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

for

100%

of rights

of

way to

be

easy to

use

Decrease

of nine

percentage

points

in the

last four years

from

a

figure

that was already

significantly under target.

DBC

Countryside

Team

Usage

of the

PROW

network

***

Footpaths –

280km

Bridleways –

66km

Byways –

0.13km

•

30km

are

located

within

the

town

of Darlington

itself.

•

45%

of the

population

say that they use

the

network

either never or

very

occasionally

•

20%

say that they use

the

network

once

a

month

•

35%

are

regular users

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

% of the

population

using

the

Darlington

countryside

as a

place

for quality walking, cycling

or

riding

is very

low

– less than

5%

of the

population

Only

9%

of paths are

judged

to be

of a

very

high

quality and

have

a

high

level of usage.

Further surveys will

identify

whether this

trend

is im

proving

or

worsening

Darlington’s

Right of W

ay

Improvement P

lan

–

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Development%

20and

%20Environment/Countryside/ROWI

P%20summary%201.pdf (accessed

November 2009)

Increase

in

PROW

and

cycle

routes

Increase

of 2.3km

bridleways (2004­2009)

Increase

of 1km

footpaths

(2004­2009)

Cycle

paths

20

– 41km

(2005­2009)

Not available

No

local target set

Slight increase

in bridleway and

footpath

length. H

owever,

good

increase

in cycle

paths due

to

Cycle

Demonstration

Town

Project

DBC

Countryside

Team

Cycle

Town

Review

2005/2009

Rail

patronage

*

Increase

of 25.9%

(2003/04­

2007/08

Not available

Not a

pplicable

Rail patronage

is im

proving

which

coincides with

improvements

to

railw

ay stations in

the

Borough

Second

Local Transport

Plan

Delivery

Report

2008

Bus

10.069

(03/04)

Not available

10.0691

(03/04)

Bus patronage

has declined

by

Darlington: A

Town

on

the

Move.

57

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

passenger

journeys

(thousands)

***

9.591

(04/05)

8.780

(05/06)

8.830

(06/07)

8.614

(07/08)

8,366

(08/09)

8,277

(09/10)

8,265

(10/11)

9.591

(04/05)

9.150

(05/06)

8.920

(06/07)

8.740

(07/08)

1.792

million

trips between

2003

and

2008. T

his

decline

is

anticipated

with

an

increase

in car

ownership

and

second

car

ownership. H

owever the

rate

of

decline

is greater than

the

local

targets

set.

The

decline

has

slowed

over the

last few

years

in

comparison

with

the

mid

2000s.

Second

Local Transport

Plan

Delivery

Report

2008

2010/12

AMR

Transport

related

satisfaction

levels

**

Satisfaction

with

road

maintenance

and

repairs:

33.8%

(2008)

38.6%

(2009)

Satisfaction

with

local

transport

information:

N/A

(2008)

40.9%

(2009)

Satisfaction

with

local bus

services

N/A

(2008)

44.9%

(2009)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Satisfaction

with

road

maintenance

and

repairs has

increased, but the

majority

of

respondents

(61.4%) claimed

to

be

dissatisfied

40.9%

of respondents

are

satisfied

with

local transport

inform

ation. H

owever,

more

than

half (59.1%) are

dissatisfied

44.9%

of respondents

are

satisfied

with

local bus services.

However,

more

than

half (55.1%)

are

dissatisfied

Darlington

Borough

Council

Community Survey

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Democr

acy/Statistics+and+Surveys/Commun

itySurvey.htm

(accessed

November

2009)

Bus services

running

on

time

**

NI 178

Proportion

running

on

time

66%

(2009)

58%

(2010)

Excess waiting

time

for

frequent services:

1.63

minutes (2008/09)

2.22

minutes (2009/10)

Not available

75%

(08/09)

77.5%

(09/10)

80%

(10/11)

82.5%

(11/12)

Bus punctuality got worse

between

2009

and

2010. T

he

most recent local target was

missed

by 19.5

percentage

points.

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

Feb

2011)

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Darlington’s

Community: Background

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Size

of the

borough

196.8km

2

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

ONS

Region

in Figures

Population

Density

4.95

(2001)

5.06

(Mid

2007)

England:

3.77

(2001)

Not a

pplicable

Shows that population

density

has increased

in Darlington.

ONS

population

density ­

http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g

58

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

 

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

                        

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Darlington’s

Community: Background

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

(people

per

hectare)

5.08

(Mid2009)

3.92

(Mid

2007)

Darlington’s

density per

hectare

is 2

people

more

than

the

regional average

and

1

person

more

than

the

national

average.

ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.

do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=

13&e=13&g=387623&i=1001x1003x

1004&m=0&r=1&s=1243424996839

&enc=1&dsFamilyId=789

(accessed

March

2010)

ONS

Mid

2009

population

figures ­

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/statbase/

Product.asp?vlnk=15106

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Total resident

population

***

97,938

(2001)

105,564

(2011)

n/a

Not a

pplicable

Shows a

sharp

population

increase

of 7.8%

in th

e last 10

years­the

biggest percentage

increase

in the

North

East,

and

one

of the

ten

biggest in

the

North

of England­after a

decline

in the

1990s.

2011

census results

http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/publicatio

ns/re­reference­

tables.htm

l?edition=tcm%3A77­

274670

Urban

/ Rural

population

Darlington

town

– 87%

Darlington

surrounds –

13%

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows that the

majority

of the

population

lives in

Darlington

town

Sustainable

Community Strategy ­

One

Darlington: P

erfectly Placed

(2008­2021)

Ageing

population

***

% change

in Darlington’s

population

between

2004

and

2025

0­14

years

– m

inus 1.9%

15­24

years

– m

inus 1.4%

25­64

years

– m

inus 1.9%

65­74

years

– plus 1.4%

75­84

years

– plus 1.6%

85+

­plus 1.2%

2011

census

0­9

years: 12.0%

10­19

years: 12.0%

20­29

years: 12.1%

30­39

years: 12.6%

0­9: 11.0%

(NE) 11.9%

(Eng)

10­19: 12.1%

(NE) 12.1%

(Eng)

20­29: 13.4%

(NE) 13.7%

(Eng)

30­39: 11.9%

(NE) 13.3

(Eng)

Not a

pplicable

Projections show

a decrease

in

those

aged

0 to

64

of 5.2%

and

an

increase

in those

aged

65

to 85+

of 4.2%. Indicates

that the

population

is ageing

with

the

greatest increase

in

those

aged

75­84.

Population

pyramid

shows that

as for the

regional and

national

levels, the

most populous age

bracket is that of people

in

their

forties. C

ompared

to the

regional level D

arlington

has a

higher proportion

of under­10s.

Compared

to th

e national level

NHS

Darlington: Joint Strategic

Needs Assessment 2008

Census 2011

data

http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/interactive

/vp2­2011­census­

comparator/index.htm

l

59

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Darlington’s

Community: Background

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

40­49

years: 14.8%

50­59

years: 12.9%

60­69

years: 11.2%

70­79

years: 7.7%

80­89

years: 4.1%

90+

years: 0.8%

(Figure

may not add

up

exactly due

to rounding)

40­49: 14.6%

(NE) 14.6%

(Eng)

50­59: 13.2%

(NE) 12.1%

(Eng)

60­69: 11.4%

(NE) 10.7%

(Eng)

70­79: 7.8%

(NE) 7.0%

(Eng)

80­89: 3.9%

(NE) 3.9%

(Eng)

90+: 0.7%

(NE) 0.8%

(Eng)

it has a

lower proportion

of

people

in their

twenties and

thirties.

Predicted

resident

population

**

101,200

(2011)

103,200

(2016)

105,500

(2021)

107,400

(2025)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Showed

that the

resident

population

will

increase

by

6,200

up

to

2025. T

he

great

majority

of the

increase

was

expected

to

come

from

natural

change.

(These

projections were

made

before

the

2011

census data

emerged, w

hich

shows a

significantly higher starting

figure)

TVU

Darlington

Population

Projections

https://www.teesvalleyunlim

ite

d.gov.uk/m

edia/101556/darling

ton_population_projections_20

10_based.pdf

Migration

(2001)

**

Moves into

Darlington:

11,100

Moves out of Darlington:

10,800

Main

gaining

wards:

Middleton

St G

eorge

Main

Losing

Wards:

Eastbourne

Haughton

North

Northgate

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows that 300

more

residents

moved

into

Darlington

than

out

in 2001

Tees Valley Joint S

trategy Unit ­

http://www.teesvalley­

jsu.gov.uk/old/tvstats/index.htm

(accessed

May 2009)

Racial P

rofile

97.86%

White

0.38%

Chinese/Other

ethnic

group

0.48%

Mixed

race

England:

94.06%

White

0.7%

Chinese/Other Ethnic

Groups

Not a

pplicable

The

proportions of all non­

white

ethnic

groups within

the

Borough

are

lower than

for

England

as a

whole.

ONS

Census Ethnic

Group

(2001) ­

http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g

ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.

do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=

60

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Darlington’s

Community: Background

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

0.93%

Asian/Asian

British

0.22%

Black/Black British

1.01%

Mixed

Race

6.1.3B7%

Asian/Asian

British

1.36%

Black/Black British

13&e=15&g=387623&i=1001x1003x

1004&m=0&r=1&s=1243516647390

&enc=1&dsFamilyId=47

(accessed

May 2009)

Deprivation

***

Darlington

has 63

LSOA

Worst 3%

nationally: 5

(form

erly 2)

Rank: 974

or below

Worst 10%

nationally: 10

(form

erly 7)

Rank: 3248

or below

Best 10%

nationally: 2

(form

erly 2)

Rank: 29,233

or above

Best 20%

nationally: 1

2

(form

erly 11)

Rank 25,985

or above

Not a

pplicable

Target should

be

to decrease

the

number of

LSOA’s

in th

e

worst 3%

and

10%

Shows that there

is a

large

gap

between

those

that live

in the

most deprived

and

least

deprived

areas. T

he

gap

is

widening, m

ainly

at the

expense

of the

more

deprived

areas.

Indices of Multiple

Deprivation

(2010)

­ http://www.communities.gov.uk/com

munities/neighbourhoodrenewal/depr

ivation/deprivation07/ (accessed

May

2009)

Stronger Communities

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Social

integration

*

NI1: %

of people

who

believe

people

from

different

backgrounds get on

well

together in

their

local area:

79%

(2006/07)

80%

(2008/09)

England:

76.4

(2008/09)

North

East:

73.8

(2008/09)

Not a

vailable

Shows a

slight improvement in

perceptions of social integration.

The

majority

of respondents

feel

that people

from

different

backgrounds do

get on

well

together in

Darlington

Hub

data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010

Influence

**

NI4: %

of people

who

feel

they can

influence

decisions

in their

locality:

29%

(2006/07)

29.7%

(2008/09)

England:

28.9

(2008/09)

North

East:

28

(2008/09)

Local Targets:

31%

(2008/09)

33%

(2009/10)

35%

(2010/11)

37%

(2011/12)

Shows a

1%

increase

in the

perceptions of social influence.

However this

does not m

eet the

2008/09

target and

overall the

majority

of respondents

70%

feel

that they can

not influence

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

61

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

   

 

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Stronger Communities

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

decisions

Involvement –

election

turnout

**

Local election

(2007):

40.51%

General election

(2010):

62.93%

(Darlington

constituency)

62.14%

(Sedgefield

constituency)

UK

(2010

General

elections):

65.11%

North

East E

ngland

(2010

General

elections):

61.08%

The

target should

be

to

increase

the

turnout

Darlington

town

below

the

national election

turnout b

y 1.18%

Darlington

Borough

Council

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Democr

acy/Democracy/elections/local/Local

+Elections.htm

Electoral C

ommission

http://www.electoralcommission.org.u

k/elections/results

Satisfaction

**

NI5: O

verall general

satisfaction

with

local area:

76%

(2006/07)

79%

(2008/09)

79%

(2009/10)

England:

79.7

(2008/09)

North

East:

77.3

(2008/09)

Local Targets:

80%

(2008/09)

81%

(2009/10)

82%

(2010/11)

83%

(2011/12)

Shows that the

majority

of

respondents

are

satisfied

with

Darlington

as a

place

to

live

and

that this

has im

proved

slowly.

However,

the

83%

target for

09/10

was not m

et.

DBC

AMR

2009/10

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Development%

20and

%20Environment/Development%

20a

nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se

rvices/Policy/AMR_200910_FINAL_D

OCUMENT_App_1_separate.pdf

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Older persons

satisfaction

*

NI138: Satisfaction

of

people

over 65

with

both

home

and

neighbourhood:

76%

(2006/07)

83.3%

(2007/08)

83.6%

(2008/09)

Not available

Not set

Shows that the

majority

of older

persons are

satisfied

with

Darlington

as a

place

to

live

and

that this

is im

proving

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

Safer Communities

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Crime

rate

***

75.3

(2005/06)

77.5

(2006/07)

59.2

(2007/08)

51.5

(2008/09)

47.1

(2009/10)

42.6

(2010/11)

Not a

pplicable

Shows that the

crime

rate

in

Darlington

has decreased

by 32.7

percentage

points

over the

period

05/06

to 10/11.

Floors

Interactive

Website

–

http://www.fti.communities.gov.uk/fti/

Comparisons.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

Actual crime

11,701

(05/06)

9,057

(08/09)

Not available

Not a

vailable

Shows a

reduction

of 22.6%

in

incidents

of crime

in the

period

(05/09)

Durham

Constabulary

Incidents

of

Urban

Wards –

8,402

(08/09)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows a

higher level of crime

in

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Safer

62

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

       

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Safer Communities

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

crime

at ward

level

Rural W

ards –

677

(08/09)

Breakdown

of urban

area

Deprived

wards (including

town

centre) –

5196

(08/09)

Town

Centre

– 1598

(30%)

Non­deprived

wards –

3883

(08/09)

urban

wards as opposed

to rural

wards

Within

the

urban

wards crime

levels

are

greatest within

the

town

centre

overall.

Generally, crime

levels

are

higher

in the

most deprived

wards as

opposed

to lesser deprived

wards

within

the

urban

area

Communities Advisor

Fear of crime

**

% of residents

surveyed

feeling

safe

whilst o

utside

at

night:

36.9%

(2002/03)

51.8%

(2003/04)

48.3%

(2004/05)

46.6%

(2006/07)

49%

(2007/08)

47.3%

(2008/09)

% of residents

surveyed

feeling

safe

whilst o

utside

during

the

day

88.9%

(2002/03)

94.5%

(2003/04)

93.3%

(2004/05)

93.8%

(2005/06)

94.5%

(2007/08)

94.8%

(2008/09)

Not available

55%

(2007/08)

49.7%

(2008/09)

94.5%

(2007/08)

94.5%

(2008/09)

Shows a

total improvement of

10.4%

in the

% of residents

surveyed

who

feel safe

whilst

outside

at night.

However recently

there

has been

a slight decline

of

1.7%

in those

that feel safe

between

2007/09)

Shows a

total increase

of 5.9%

in

the

% of residents

who

feel safe

whilst outside

during

the

day.

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

Anti

– social

behaviour

*

NI17: Perceptions of anti­

social behaviour:

23%

(2006/07)

17%

(2008/09)

A high

perception

of ASB

is a

score

of 11

above. T

he

indicator is

the

% of

England:

20%

(2008/09)

North

East:

21.2%

(2008/09)

Local Targets:

22%

(2008/09)

21.5%

(2009/10)

19.5%

(2010/11)

Shows that high

perceptions of

anti social behaviour are

decreasing

and

are

below

regional and

national averages.

Darlington

exceeded

the

08/09

target for this

indicator by 5%

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

Government O

ffice

for the

North

East

­ http://www.gos.gov.uk/gone/news/ne

wsarchive/ne_crime_down/

(accessed

May 2009)

63

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

    

    

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

    

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Safer Communities

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

respondents

whose

score

was 11

or above

Road

accident

casualties

(rolling

average

3

calendar

years)

*

NI47: People

killed

or

seriously

injured

in road

traffic

accidents:

­8.2%

(1998/00)

11.9%

(1999/01)

5%

(2000/02)

13.5%

(2001/03)

­1.7%

(2002/04)

­2.6%

(2003/05)

­24.2%

(2004/06)

7.4%

(2005/07)

5.1%

(2006/08)

17.6%

(2007/09)

Good

perform

ance

is typified

by a

positive

% change. Poor

perform

ance

is typified

by a

negative

figure

England:

4.3

(2006/08)

North

East:

3.1

(2006/08)

National casualty

reduction

target of

reducing

by 2010

the

number of people

killed

or seriously

injured

in road

traffic

accidents

by 40%

compared

with

the

average

for 1994­

1998

Shows that overall from

1998

to

2009

there

has been

a 23.8%

reduction

in the

number of people

killed

or seriously

injured

in road

traffic

accidents. A

s of 2008

perform

ance

exceeded

national

and

regional reductions

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

Feb

2011)

Children

killed

or seriously

injured

in road

traffic

*

NI48

7.7

(1998/00)

33.3

(1999/01)

25

(2000/02)

16.7

(2001/03)

­10

(2002/04)

­54.5

(2003/05)

­11.8

(2004/06)

­5.3

(2005/07)

30

(2006/08)

35.7

(2007/09)

England:

6.8

(2006/08)

North

East:

5.9

(2006/08)

National casualty

reduction

target of

reducing

by 2010

the

number of people

killed

or seriously

injured

in road

traffic

accidents

by 40%

compared

with

the

average

for 1994­

1998

Shows that overall from

1998

to

2009

there

has been

a 66.8%

reduction

in the

number of

children

killed

or seriously

injured

in

road

traffic

accidents. As of

2008

perform

ance

significantly

exceeded

national and

regional

reductions.

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

Feb

2011)

Health

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Male

and

female

life

expectancy at

Males:

74.80

(2001/03)

74.70

(2002/04)

North

East Males:

74.70

(2001/03)

74.90

(2002/04)

Should

be

to

increase

life

expectancy to

national averages or

Shows an

increase

of 1.8

years

in m

ale

life

expectancy

over the

period

2001/09.

ONS

Life

Expectancy at B

irth

­http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.g

ov.uk/dissemination/LeadTableView.

64

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

                  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                                          

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

          

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

                                  

   

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

     

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Health

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

birth

***

75.20

(2003/05)

75.20

(2004/06)

76.30

(2006/08)

76.60

(2007/09)

Females:

79.60

(2001/03)

79.90

(2002/04)

80.00

(2003/05)

80.00

(2004/06)

80.40

(2006/08)

80.80

(2007/09)

Inequalities:

Reported

13

year difference

in

life

expectancy between

the

most and

least deprived

wards.

75.40

(2003/05)

75.80

(2004/06)

76.40

(2006/08)

76.80

(2007/09)

England

Males:

76.23

(2001/03)

76.53

(2002/04)

76.90

(2003/05)

77.32

(2004/06)

77.90

(2006/08)

78.30

(2007/09)

North

East

Females:

79.50

(2001/03)

79.60

(2002/04)

79.80

(2003/05)

80.10

(2004/06)

80.60

(2006/08)

80.90

(2007/09)

England

Females:

80.72

(2001/03)

80.91

(2002/04)

81.14

(2003/05)

81.55

(2004/06)

82.02

(2006/08)

82.30

(2007/09)

above.

Should

be

to

reduce

the

gap

in life

expectancy

between

the

most and

least deprived

wards

Previously

above

the

regional

average, Darlington’s

male

life

expectancy is

now

0.2

years

behind

the

regional average

and

1.7

years

behind

the

national average

Shows an

increase

of 1.2

years

in female

life

expectancy

over the

period

2001/09.

Previously

above

the

regional

average, Darlington’s

female

life

expectancy is

now

0.1

years

below

the

regional

average

and

1.5

years

below

the

national average

No

trend

is currently available

as to

whether this

gap

is

expanding

or narrowing

do?a=3&b=276816&c=Darlington&d=

13&e=6&g=387623&i=1001x1003x1

004&m=0&r=1&s=1243523900609&

enc=1&dsFamilyId=937

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Sustainable

Community Strategy ­

One

Darlington: P

erfectly Placed

(2008­2021)

Early Deaths:

Circulatory

Diseases

***

NI121: Mortality rate

from

all

circulatory

diseases at age

under 75:

78.81

(05)

86.97

(06)

88.1

(07)

84.48

(08)

North

East:

97.64

(05)

96.1.3B1

(06)

87.63

(07)

81.08

(08)

England:

84.03

(05)

79.00

(06)

Health

PSA:

Reduce

mortality rates

by 2010

from

heart

disease

and

stroke

and

related

diseases by at

least 40%

in people

under 75

Shows an

increase

of

5.67early deaths from

circulatory

disease

in

Darlington

over the

period

2005/08. Early deaths are

above

the

regional and

national averages

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

65

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

              

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

                  

  

 

  

   

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

     

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Health

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

74.40

(07)

71.02

(08)

Obesity

***

NI55: Obesity among

primary

school age

children

in

Reception

Year

10.7%

(2006/07)

10.71%

(2007/08)

9.99%

(2008/09)

NI56: Obesity among

primary

school age

children

in

Year 6:

21%

(2006/07)

20.4%

(2007/08)

19.9%

(2008/09)

The

prevalence

of recorder

obesity in

Darlington

is

greater than

the

national

and

regional average.

England:

9.6%

(2007/08)

Figures for 08/09

not

available

England:

17.5%

(2006/07)

Figures for 08/09

not

available

By 2020

to have

reduced

the

proportion

of overweight a

nd

obese

children

to

2000

levels

Shows a

decrease

in obesity

amongst R

eception

Year

children

of 0.71%

and

1.1%

of

children

in Year 6. H

igher rates

of obesity are

prevalent

amongst children

in Year 6

as

opposed

to younger children

in

Reception

years. D

arlington

has a

higher obesity rate

that

the

national average

in both

reception

and

year 6

years

Prevalence

of obesity has

increased

at a

greater rate

than

nationally

or regionally.

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

Single

Needs Assessment 2010/11

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Childrens%20Services

/Darlington%202010_11%20JSNA%

20Feb%203.pdf

Under 18

conception

rate

*

NI112: Change

in the

rate

of

under 18

conceptions per

1,000

girls

aged

15­17

years:

­13.6%

(2006/07)

­13.7%

(2007/08)

­20.1%

(2008/09)

North

East:

­13.6

(2006)

­6.4

(2007)

England:

­16.1.3C

(2006)

­10.7

(2007)

National target to

reduce

the

under 18

conception

rate

by 50%

by 2010

compared

to the

1998

baseline

Local Targets:

­37.50%

(08/09)

­46.20%

(09/10)

­55.00%

(10/11)

Shows a

slight reduction

in the

conception

rate

of under 18

per 1,000

15­17

year olds .

However the

target reduction

for 2008­09

was not m

et.

Rate

of reduction

is greater

than

the

national and

regional

average

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

66

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

   

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

    

  

    

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

   

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Health

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Binge

drinking

**

Binge

drinking

prevalence

is

estimated

to be

31.1%

in

Darlington.

Nationally: 18%

of

adults

Figure

for Darlington

is

significantly higher than

the

national one.

Single

Needs Assessment 2010/11

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Childrens%20Services

/Darlington%202010_11%20JSNA%

20Feb%203.pdf

Dementia

**

Dementia

prevalence

in

Darlington

is higher than

nationally

and

regionally.

Dementia

prevalence

is

predicted

to increase

in

Darlington

between

2010

and

2030. The

proportion

aged

65

and

over with

dementia

is

predicted

to rise

to

just below

10%

by

2030.

Single

Needs Assessment 2010/11

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Childrens%20Services

/Darlington%202010_11%20JSNA%

20Feb%203.pdf

Recreation

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

%

of the

population

within

20

minutes travel

time

of 3

different

sports facility

types

**

41.9%

(2006/07)

England:

42.16%

Not a

pplicable

Shows 0.26%

less of the

population

of

Darlington

live

within

20

minutes travel

time

of 3

different sports facility

types

than

the

national average

Sport

England

available

through

the

Audit

Commission

website

­http://www.areaprofiles.audit

commission.gov.uk/(p01be55

5scismkybatwize

55)/DetailP

age.aspx?e

ntity=10001194) (accessed

May 2009)

Adult

participation

in

sport

(meeting

NI08: Adult participation

in sport:

21.06%

(2006/07)

23.40%

(2007/08)

26.62%

(2008/09)

North

East

Average:

21.4

(2006/07)

21.9

(2007/08)

Local Targets:

22.10%

(08/09)

23.10%

(09/10)

25.10%

(10/11)

26.10%

(11/12)

Just over a

quarter of the

adult

population

participate

in sport

and

active

recreation. H

owever the

figures show

a

5.56%

increase

in adult participation

in

Darlington

and

in 07/08

Darlington

was

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.go

v.uk/DIHWEB/Homepage.as

px (accessed

March

2010)

Darlington

Borough

Council

67

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

      

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Recreation

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

targets

etc

but

still a

low

%)

**

above

the

regional average. T

he

08/09

target was exceeded

by 4.52%.

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Sport

England

database

http://www.sportengland.org/

national_indicator_8_la_cc­

3.xls

(accessed

June

2009)

Children

and

young

people’s

participation

in

sport

***

NI57: Children

and

young

people’s

participation

in high­quality PE

and

sport:

87%

(2007/08)

75%

(2008/09)

England:

81%

(08/09)

Local Targets:

94%

(08/09)

94%

(09/10)

94%

(10/11)

Reduction

of 12%

in children

and

young

people

participating

in PE

and

sport.

Darlington

is 6%

below

the

national

average

and

19%

behind

local targets

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.go

v.uk/DIHWEB/Homepage.as

px (accessed

March

2010)

Darlington

Borough

Council

Corporate

Plan

2008­2012

Sports and

Physical

Activity

Facilities

**

Swimming

pools

9

in total

19.7m

2/1000

pop

Sports

& Community

Halls

16

in to

tal

99.5m

2/1000

pop

Health

and

Fitness

Facilities

14

in to

tal

6.14/1000

pop

Specialist Indoor Provision

6

in total

Survey response

– not e

nough

Indoor Bowls

0.08/1000

pop

Synthetic

Turf

Pitches

2

in total

0.02/1000

pop

Multi­use

Games

Area

15

in to

tal

North

East:

16.86m

2/1000

pop

England:

18.99m

2/1000

pop

North

East:

105.25m

2/1000

pop

England:

78.90m

2/1000

pop

North

East:

6.30/1000

pop

England:

5.74/1000

pop

Not a

pplicable

North

East:

0.06/1000

pop

England:

0.04/1000

pop

North

East:

Not a

pplicable

Darlington

has m

ore

swimming

pool,

indoor bowls, athletic track lane

and

golf

course

facilities per 1000

population

than

the

regional and

national averages.

Darlington

also

has m

ore

health

and

fitness facilities and

Sports and

Community Halls

per 1000

population

than

the

national average

but not the

regional average.

Darlington

has less than

the

national

and

regional average

of Synthetic Turf

Pitches.

Survey respondents

felt th

at there

is not

enough

provision

of:

•

Specialist Indoor facilities

•

Multi­use

Games Areas

•

Tennis

Courts

•

Specialist O

utdoor facilities

Survey respondents

also

felt th

at the

quality of bowling

greens in

Darlington

is

DBC

Sports and

Physical

Activity Facilities Strategy

(2009) ­

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/

dar_public/documents/Comm

unity%20Services/cultural_se

rvices/sports_development/D

arlington%20SPA%20Faciliti

es%20Strategy%20­

%20Draft1.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

68

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

    

  

     

     

  

  

  

      

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

  

   

 

  

    

          

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Recreation

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Survey response

– not e

nough

Bowling

Greens

9

in total

Survey response

– quality rather

than

quantity

an

issue

Tennis

Courts

35

in to

tal

Survey Response

– not enough

Specialist Outdoor Provision

10

in to

tal

Survey response

– not e

nough

in

particular,

cycling

facilities

Athletic

Track

Lanes

2

in total

0.14/1000

pop

Golf

6

in total

0.83

holes/1000

pop

0.03/1000

pop

England:

0.03/1000

pop

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

North

East:

0.09/1000

pop

England:

0.05/1000

pop

North

East:

0.68/1000

pop

England:

0.68/1000

pop

an

issue

Playing

pitches

***

Ratio

of adult

pitches

per 1,000

adults:

1:1150

% of pitches

at educational

establishments

secured

for use

by

the

community: 50%

Quality

of pitches:

Excellent –

1%

Good

– 30%

Average

– 40%

Below

Average

– 30%

Poor –

1%

England:

1:989

Not available

Not available

Not a

vailable

The

ratio

of pitches to

adult population

is

1 to

1,150. T

his

does not compare

favourably

with

the

national figure

and

indicates that the

supply

of pitches in

Darlington

is lower than

the

national

average

The

proportion

of the

overall pitch

stock

that is

available

for community use

(category

A) is

low

in comparison

to

the

majority

of known

local authorities, with

only

50%

of pitches deemed

to have

secure

public

access

The

majority

of the

pitches in

the

Borough

are

classified

as average

Darlington

Borough

Council

Playing

Pitch

Strategy (May

2009)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/

dar_public/documents/Comm

unity%20Services/cultural_se

rvices/sports_development/D

ARLINGTON%20DRAFT%2

0PLAYING%20PITCH%20S

TRATEGY.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

69

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

    

  

   

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

     

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Recreation

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

quality

Public

Rights

of W

ay

***

Footpaths –

280km

Bridleways –

66km

Byways –

0.13km

•

30km

are

located

within

the

town

of Darlington

itself.

•

45%

of the

population

say that

they use

the

network

either

never or very

occasionally

•

20%

say that they use

the

network

once

a m

onth

•

35%

are

regular users

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

% of the

population

using

the

Darlington

countryside

as a

place

for

quality walking, cycling

or riding

is very

low

– less than

5%

of the

population

Only

9%

of paths are

judged

to be

of a

very

high

quality and

have

a high

level

of usage.

Further surveys will

identify

whether this

trend

is im

proving

or worsening

Darlington’s

Right of W

ay

Improvement P

lan

­http://www.darlington.gov.uk/

dar_public/documents/Devel

opment%

20and%20Environ

ment/Countryside/ROWIP%2

0summary%201.pdf

(accessed

June

2009)

Culture

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Visits to

museums or

galleries

**

NI10: Visits to

museums

or galleries:

49.78%

(2008)

48.10%

(2009)

North

East:

52.10%

(2008)

50.30%

(2009)

Not a

vailable

Decrease

in th

e %

of population

visiting

museums and

galleries.

Slightly below

the

regional

average

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

Engagement in

the

arts

*

NI11: Engagement in

the

arts:

42.09%

(2008)

44.2%

(2009)

North

East:

39%

(2008)

38.9%

(2009)

Not a

vailable

Shows an

increase

in

engagement in

the

arts.

Participation

is above

the

regional

average.

Hub

Data

https://www.hub.info4local.gov.uk/DI

HWEB/Homepage.aspx (accessed

March

2010)

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

Listed

heritage

Grade

1: 8

Grade

II*:

32

Grade

II: 481

Not

applicable

Not a

pplicable

The

number of listed

buildings within

the

Borough

may change

over time. S

hows

that the

majority

of listed

buildings in

the

Borough

are

of a

Grade

II designation

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

Listed

Heritage

at

Risk 2005­

•

24

listed

heritage

assets

(2005)

•

24

listed

heritage

assets

(2006)

•

26

listed

heritage

assets

(2008)

Not

applicable

The

target should

be

to ensure

that

Darlington’s

Shows that in

total from

the

period

2005/08

an

increase

of 2

heritage

assets

are

on

the

heritage

at risk register.

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Buildings at R

isk

Register (July

2005)

70

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

   

   

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

      

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

2008

**

heritage

is not at

risk

In term

s of m

ovement from

the

list,

1

heritage

asset was removed

from

the

2006

register but an

additional 3

were

added

to the

2008

list.

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Buildings at R

isk

Register (November 2006)

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Buildings at R

isk

Register (February

2008)

Listed

heritage

at

risk 2008

Grade

1:

Extreme

Risk (1):

All Saints

Church

Grade

II*:

Extreme

Risk (1):

Sockburn

Hall;

Sockburn

Hall Coach

House; D

ovecote, Houghton­le­Side;

Middridge

Grange

Farm

house; N

orth

Road

Railw

ay Station

Grade

II

At R

isk (3):

Bandstand

in North

Lodge; Deer House,

Coatham

Mundeville; G

lebe

Farm

house;

North

Farm

; Water Pump; P

olam

Lane

Bridge; 138­148

Northgate;

Vulnerable

Building(4):

Skerne

Lodge; Outer Wall and

Gate

Piers, H

eighington; H

opetown

Carriage

Works; F

orm

er Goods Shed;

Farm

builidngs, S

ummerhouse; C

artshed,

Middridge

Grange; 35

Tubwell Row; W

all

at N

ag’s

Head; Neasham

House; 8

2

Not

applicable

The

target should

be

to ensure

that

Darlington’s

heritage

is not at

risk

Shows that a

total of 26

listed

heritage

assets

are

at risk. T

his

equates to

5.02%

of Darlington’s

listed

heritage. In

term

s of

% per grading

type

this

is as follows:

Grade

1 –

12.5%

Grade

II* ­16%

Grade

II –

3.7%

Risk

Scale:

At E

xtreme

Risk

•

Total of 6

listed

heritage

assets

•

23%

of those

on

the

risk register

•

1%

of Darlington’s

total listed

heritage

At G

rave

Risk:

0%

At R

isk

•

Total of 7

listed

heritage

assets

•

27%

of those

on

the

risk register

•

1.3%

of Darlington’s

total listed

heritage

Vulnerable

Buildings

•

Total of 11

listed

heritage

assets

•

42%

of those

on

the

risk register

•

2.1%

of Darlington’s

total listed

heritage

Summary:

The

number of heritage

assets

at risk m

ay

change

over time. C

urrently, a

greater

Darlington

Borough

Council,

Buildings at R

isk

Register (February

2008)

Heritage

At R

isk Register

2010, http://risk.english­

heritage.org.uk/2010.aspx

71

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

    

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

     

  

     

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

Cockerton

Green; W

all at Woodland

Rd

The

Heritage

at Risk Register 2010

includes m

ost of the

Grade

I and

II*

buildings above, except N

orth

Road

Railw

ay Station

and

the

Sockburn

Hall

Coach

House..

proportion

of outstanding

or particularly

significant heritage

assets

are

at risk

(Grade

1 and

II*).

Heritage

that is

at risk is

currently m

ostly

in a

vulnerable

condition

than

at extreme

risk. 5

heritage

assets

(21%) of those

at

risk are

or will

be

undergoing

restoration

Granted

applications

for Listed

building

consent

*

36

(2005/06)

52

(2006/07)

43

(2007/08)

43

(2008/09)

48

(2009/10)

Not

applicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows a

33%

increase

in the

number of

granted

applications over the

period

2005/10. It

is assumed

that an

application

will

only

be

granted

if it

improves the

condition

of a

listed

building

so

an

increase

in granted

applications is

positive

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

Sites and

Monuments

(SMR) Sites

613

of local/regional significance

Not

applicable

Not a

vailable

The

number of SMR

Sites m

ay change

over time

Durham

County

Council –

Historic Environment

Record

http://www.keystothepast.in

fo/k2p/usp.nsf/pws/Keys+to

+the+past+­+Home+Page

(accessed

Feb

2011)

Scheduled

Ancient

Monuments

Number ­20

Density ­1

per 9.85km

2

Hartlepool

– 8

Middlesbro

ugh

– 3

Stockton­

on­Tees –

8

Redcar and

Cleveland

–

83

North

East

Density:

1 per 6.18

km

2

Not a

pplicable

The

number of Scheduled

Ancient

Monuments

within

the

borough

may

change

over time. D

arlington

has the

second

highest number of SAM’s

in th

e

Tees Valley. The

density of SAM’s

in

Darlington

is slightly below

the

North

East

Average

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

English

Heritage:

Monuments

at R

isk North

East ­

http://www.english­

heritage.org.uk/upload/pdf/

MAR_NE.pdf?1243589945

(accessed

May 2009)

72

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

    

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

    

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

Scheduled

Ancient

Monuments

at

Risk

**

Scheduled

Ancient Monuments

at Risk

2009

High

risk:

•

Shackleton

Beacon

hillfort

and

tower

mill

•

All Saints’ C

hurch, Sockburn

•

Medieval m

oated

manorial site

of

Low

Dinsdale

Medium

risk:

•

Ketton

Bridge

•

Piercebridge

Bridge

•

Starfish

Bombing

Decoy Site

SF40A

Low

risk

•

Skerne

Bridge

The

Heritage

at Risk 2010

register,

in

addition

to

the

two

sites noted

as ‘H

igh

risk’ above, a

lso

identifies the

Low

Dinsdale

Mediaeval M

oated

Manor Site

as being

at risk.

Not

available

The

target should

be

to ensure

that

no

SAM’s

are

on

the

risk register

10%

of Darlington’s

SAM’s

are

classified

by the

Audit at H

igh

Risk, and

30%

at

some

level of risk. T

he

number of SAM’s

at risk m

ay change

over time.

Darlington

Borough

Council

Scheduled

Monuments

Audit 2009

Heritage

At R

isk Register

2010, http://risk.english­

heritage.org.uk/2010.aspx

Scheduled

Monuments

Audit

**

Average

star rating:

Access –

2/5

Visibility

– 3/5

Interpretation

– 1/5

Condition

– 3/5

Not

available

Not a

pplicable

Shows that improvements

are

needed

in

particular to

the

accessibility

and

provision

of interpretation

at scheduled

monuments

Darlington

Borough

Council

Scheduled

Monuments

Audit 2009

Railw

ay

Heritage

14

of Darlington’s

Railw

ay Heritage

assets

are

designated. 3

are

designated

as Grade

II* and

8 are

designated

as

Grade

II. 2

Grade

II* assets

are

at risk

and

1 Grade

II asset.

This

equates to

21%

of listed

railw

ay heritage

Not

available

The

target shout b

e

to ensure

that none

of Darlington’s

railw

ay heritage

is

at risk

Not a

vailable

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

Locally

important

buildings

***

A record

of locally

important buildings

has not been

established

Not

applicable

Not a

pplicable

Locally

important b

uildings m

ay be

at risk

from

development and

other pressures as

they have

not yet b

een

classified

and

may

not b

e taken

into

account in

planning

decisions

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

73

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

    

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

Conservation

Areas

**

Darlington

has 16

Conservation

Areas:

•

Bishopton

•

Coatham

Mundeville

•

Cockerton

•

Denton

•

Haughton

•

Heighington

•

High

Coniscliffe

•

Hurworth

•

Northgate

•

Middleton

One

Row

•

Piercebridge

•

Sadberge

•

Stanhope

and

Grange

Road

•

Summerhouse

•

Town

Centre

•

Victoria

Embankment

•

Parkgate

is a

potential C

onservation

Area.

Those

that are

underlined

have

Character Appraisals

(9

in total)

In total 460.29

ha

(2.3%) of the

Borough

is

designated

as a

conservation

area

The

Heritage

at Risk Register 2010

identifies the

Victoria

Embankment and

Northgate

Conservation

Areas as being

at risk.

Not

applicable

The

target should

be

to ensure

that

the

unique

characteristics of

Darlington’s

conservation

areas

are

not jeopardised.

Undertaking

character

appraisals

for all of

Darlington’s

conservation

areas

will

assist with

the

protection

of these

areas as the

unique

components

that

give

the

area

its

character will

be

identified

and

readily available

to

developers

etc

The

number of conservation

areas m

ay

change

over time. T

he

numbers

with

character appraisals

should

increase

which

may afford

them

better protection.

Current issues with

the

Conservation

areas include:

•

Loss of buildings from

the

key periods

of the

area’s

development

•

Unsympathetic design

of newer

buildings

•

Damage

to th

e character of surviving

buildings (façade

etc)

•

Loss of traditional features such

as

sash

windows, cast iron

rainwater

goods etc

•

Cluttered

streetscapes

•

High

levels

of traffic

in some

areas

•

Vacant/disused

and

overgrown

land

Discussions with

the

Conservation

Officer

has highlighted

that the

general

impression

of Darlington’s

conservation

areas is

that they are

declining

Darlington

Borough

Council

Conservation

Officer

Conservation

Area

Character Appraisals

2006­

2010

Heritage

At R

isk Register

2010, http://risk.english­

heritage.org.uk/2010.aspx

Historic Parks

and

Gardens

Darlington

borough

has two

sites on

the

English

Heritage

Register of Historic

Parks and

Gardens:

South

Park­Grade

II

Not

applicable

74

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

       

 

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Heritage

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparato

rs

Targets

Trends

Source

West C

emetery­Grade

II

A further nine

‘parks and

gardens of

landscape

or historic interest’ have

been

identified

in th

e Local P

lan

of 1997:

North

Lodge

Park, D

arlington

Blackwell Grange, D

arlington

Rockcliffe

Park, H

urworth

Middleton

Hall,

MSG

Walworth

Castle

Redworth

Hall

Hall Grange, C

oatham

Mundeville

Newbus Grange, Hurworth

Neasham

Hall

Historic

Landscape

A

Historic Landscape

Characterisation

is

being

carried

out for Darlington

Borough

by Durham

County

Council.

The

results

of this

will

be

incorporated

into

the

Sustainability

Appraisal baseline

as soon

as they become

available.

Land/Townscape

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Landscape

Character

***

Darlington’s

landscape

character

is m

ainly

classified

as Tees

Lowlands. O

ther landscape

character classifications include:

Durham

Magnesium

Limestone

(small area

in the

North/North

West of the

Borough)

Pennine

Dales Fringe

(small area

in

the

North

West of the

Borough)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

Tees Lowlands has

problems with:

• Hedgerow

removal and

the

loss

of m

eadows and

pasture

through

agricultural Intensification

• Recreational development near

to urban

areas e.g. golf courses

Natural E

ngland

­http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/our

work/landscape/englands/character/a

reas/northeast.aspx (accessed

June

2009)

Tranquility

* The

mean

tranquillity score

for

Darlington

is ­13.1

Mapping

data

shows that p

eople

are

least likely

to experience

Darlington

Borough

is

ranked

39th

out

of the

87

county

Target should

be

to

increase

the

tranquillity score

of

Darlington

Borough

The

urbanised

parts of the

Borough

are

the

least tranquil.

The

rural W

est and

North

East of

the

Borough

are

the

most tranquil

Campaign

to

Protect R

ural E

ngland

website

– Tranquillity mapping

http://www.cpre.org.uk/campaigns/la

ndscape/tranquillity/national­and­

75

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

    

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Land/Townscape

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

tranquillity in

Darlington

town

and

are

most likely

to experience

tranquillity in

the

areas

surrounding

the

villages of

Denton, W

alworth

and

Summerhouse

and

the

area

surrounding

the

villages of

Bishopton

and

Brafferton

council/unitary

authority

areas.

Nearest

neighbours

scored:

Durham

+12.0

Darlington

­13.1

Redcar and

Cleveland

­13.3

Stockton

on

Tees ­24.6

Middlesbrough

­55.9

Darlington

is the

most tranquil of

the

Tees Valley authorities

regional­tranquillity­m

aps/county­

tranquillity­m

ap­durham

(accessed

May 2009)

Provision

of

Open

Space

**

•

Total area

of open

space:

703.93ha

•

Proportion

within

main

urban

area

or on

the

fringe: 9

3%

•

No

over 0.1

ha: 2

76

•

Accessible

Open

Space/1000

population:

6.61ha

•

High

Value

Sites: 74%

•

Low

Value

Sites: 7%

Not a

pplicable

Natural E

ngland

Accessible

Natural

Greenspace

Standard

of at least

2ha

of natural green

space

per 1,000

population

Local T

argets:

•

6.2ha

accessible

/1000

population

•

99%

of all homes

in the

urban

area

to

be

within

300m

of an

accessible

open

space

of at least

0.1ha

•

25%

of open

space

to be

of

high

quality

•

75%

of open

space

to be

of

medium

quality

Shows that Darlington

has a

high

provision

of open

space

that is

over three

times the

national

standard

level of provision. The

majority

of open

space

within

Darlington

is also

of High

Value.

However,

several issues exist:

•

Poor levels

of provision

coincide

with

areas of

deprivation

•

Differences in

the

quality of

open

space

depending

on

where

residents

live

•

Geographical gaps in

the

provision

of specific

types of

open

space

•

Evolving

open

space

needs of

an

ageing

population

•

Protection

and

enhancement

of open

spaces within

villages

The

number of spaces of below

average

quality has decreased

in

Darlington

Borough

Council Open

Spaces Strategy 2006­2011

­http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Development%

20and

%20Environment/Development%

20a

nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se

rvices/Policy/Studies/OpenSpace/OS

SExecSummary.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

Open

Spaces Strategy Update

Report

(2011)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Development%

20and

%20Environment/Development%

20a

nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se

rvices/Policy/OSS%205.pdf

76

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Land/Townscape

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

recent years. H

owever,

31%

of

natural and

semi­natural sites are

below

average

quality.

Parks and

Gardens

**

Darlington

has 14

Parks and

Gardens. 2

of which

are

of 5*

quality and

2 of 4* quality. South

Park

is the

oldest public

park

in

the

NE

and

has been

awarded

green

flag

status

Not a

pplicable

As above

There

is potential to

improve

the

quality of Darlington’s

parks and

gardens.

Open

Spaces Strategy Update

Report

(2011)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_pub

lic/documents/Development%

20and

%20Environment/Development%

20a

nd%20Regeneration/Planning%20Se

rvices/Policy/OSS%205.pdf

Green

Flag

Awards ­

http://www.greenflagaward.org.uk/wi

nners/GSP001287/ (accessed

June

2009)

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Total number

of households

in the

borough

***

2001: 42,000

2011: 46,670

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Over the

last ten

years

Darlington

has seen

the

number

of households grow

by 11.1%,

the

highest p

ercentage

growth

in

the

North

East a

nd

one

of the

five

highest in

the

North

of

England.

2011

Census figures:

http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/datase

ts­and­tables/index.htm

l

Household

Structure

33.7%

couple

without children

16.3%

couple

with

children

32.4%

single

without children

5.9%

single

with

children

11.7%

other multi­person

household

North

East:

27.8%

couple

without

children

21.4%

couple

with

children

31.2%

single

without

children

7.1%

single

with

children

12.5%

other multi­person

household

England:

28.8%

couple

without

Not a

pplicable

A

higher percentage

of couples

and

single

people

without

children

occur within

the

borough

compared

to regional

and

national average.

A lower percentage

of couples

with

children, lone

parents

and

other multi­person

households

occur within

the

borough

compared

to regional and

national average.

Darlington

2005

Local H

ousing

Assessment (2006)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/DarlingtonLHAF

inalAPR06.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

2004

ONS

Regional T

rends table

77

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

       

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

 

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

children

26.1.3B%

couple

with

children

28.8%

single

without

children

6.5%

single

with

children

13.1%

other multi­person

household

Tenure

Profile

Owner occupied

73%

(2009)

Private

rented

11%

(2009)

RSL

4%

(2009)

Local A

uthority

12%

(2009)

England

Owner occupied

70%

(2006)

Private

rented

12%

(2006)

RSL

8%

(2006)

Local A

uthority

10%

(2006)

Not a

pplicable

Shows that the

proportion

of

dwellings in

owner occupation

(by far the

largest category) and

in

local authority

ownership

is

higher for Darlington

than

for the

country as a

whole, whereas the

proportion

of dwellings let by

private

and

registered

social

landlords is

lower.

DBC

Private

Sector House

Condition

Survey 2009

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/privatesectorho

usecondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

Average

Household

size

**

2.27

(2001)

2.23

(2011)

England:

2.36

(was 2.36)

North

East:

2.25

Not a

pplicable

Shows that Darlington

has an

average

household

size

of 0.13

people

below

the

national

average, and

0.02

people

below

the

regional average. Average

household

size

in Darlington

has

shrunk by 1.7%

while

the

national average

has remained

stable.

2011

Census figures:

http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/datase

ts­and­tables/index.htm

l

Average

House

Price

Borough

Detached

£209,901

(Apr 06)

£217,860

(Apr 07)

£221,912

(Apr 08)

£188,506

(Apr 09)

£190,597

(Apr 10)

National price

deflation

–

16.2%

Not a

pplicable

Shows that for all housing

types

prices rose

steadily

between

2006

and

2008. However prices

crashed

in 2009

with

an

overall

average

decrease

of £15,707

(13%).

In 2010

prices recovered

slightly but h

ave

since

resumed

a

steady drop.

Land

Registry Property Prices

(2006­2009)

http://www1.landregistry.gov.uk/h

ouseprices/housepriceindex/repor

t/default.asp?step=4&locationTyp

e=0&area=Darlington&reporttype

=3&datetype=1&from1=01%2F20

06&from2=04%2F2009&image2.x

=35&image2.y=12

(accessed

Sep

2012)

78

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

     

   

   

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

    

   

  

   

   

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

£184,176

(Apr 11)

£177,234

(Apr 12)

Semidetached

£119,271

(Apr 06)

£123,793

(Apr 07)

£126,096

(Apr 08)

£107,114

(Apr 09)

£108,302

(Apr 10)

£104,653

(Apr 11)

£100,709

(Apr 12)

Terraced

£72,164

(Apr 06)

£74,901

(Apr 07)

£76,294

(Apr 08)

£64,809

(Apr 09)

£65,527

(Apr 10)

£63,320

(Apr 11)

£60,933

(Apr 12)

Flat

£135,808

(Apr 06)

£140,957

(Apr 07)

£143,579

(Apr 08)

£121,965

(Apr 09)

£123,317

(Apr 10)

£119,163

(Apr 11)

£114,672

(Apr 12)

Overall

£124,016

(Apr 06)

£129,016

(Apr 07)

£131,749

(Apr 08)

£108,309

(Apr 09)

£113,369

(Apr 10)

House

Price

6.5

(2007)

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Shows a

decrease

of 1.8

in the

Land

Registry Property Prices

79

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

     

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

      

    

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

to

Income

Ratio

*

5.8

(2008)

4.7

(2009)

house

price

to

income

ratio

for

the

period

2007­2009.

(2006­2009)

http://www1.landregistry.gov.uk/h

ouseprices/housepriceindex/repor

t/default.asp?step=4&locationTyp

e=0&area=Darlington&reporttype

=3&datetype=1&from1=01%2F20

06&from2=04%2F2009&image2.x

=35&image2.y=12

(accessed

March

2010)

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department (Average

earnings of

employees)

Housing

provision

to

2021

(2010­

2021)

***

8675

net additional units total 2004­

26

averaging

377

units per annum

(RSS)

The

Core

Strategy Pre­submission

Draft

identifies a

shortfall of 2535

dwellings against the

RSS

requirement for the

period

2011­2026

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

Not a

pplicable

The

North

East of England

Regional S

patial S

trategy to

2021

http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/do

cs/planning/rss/rss.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

Net a

dditional

homes

provided

***

NI154: Net a

dditional

Homes provided:

431

(2004/05)

555

(2005/06)

490

(2006/07)

547

(2007/08)

232

(2008/09)

221

(2009/10)

Not a

pplicable

Darlington

Borough

Council Policy

Department

Regional S

patial S

trategy to

2021

http://www.gos.gov.uk/nestore/do

cs/planning/rss/rss.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

% of new

dwellings

provided

on

previously

developed

land

***

54%

(2009/10)

Not a

pplicable

Government

target 60%

of all new

housing

developments

should

be

built

on

previously

developed

Shows that Darlington

is six

percentage

points

below

the

government target of 60%

of all

new

housing

developments

to

be

built

on

previously

developed

land.

DBC, Annual M

onitoring

Report

(2007/08) ­

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Developm

ent%

20and%20Regeneration/Pla

nning%20Services/Policy/LDF/AM

R/AMR2007­8.pdf (accessed

80

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

  

     

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

    

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

land

June

2009)

Housing

need

**

2510

existing

households in

some

form

of housing

need

across the

borough

(5.6%

of all

households) (O

ctober 2005)

Not available

Target should

be

to ensure

as few

households as

possible

are

in

housing

need

Not a

vailable

Darlington

2005

Local H

ousing

Assessment (2006)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/DarlingtonLHAF

inalAPR06.pdf (accessed

June

2009)

Housing

stock

and

demand

(private

sector)

**

13.2%

Small terraced

19.4%

Medium/large

terraced

33.8%

Semi­detached

13.2%

Detached

14.7%

Bungalow

1.7%

Converted

flats

4.0%

Low­rise

purpose­built

flats

0.0%

High­rise

purpose­built

flats

There

is a

high

demand

for owner

occupied, three

bed

roomed

terraced

or semi detached

houses. T

his

is

followed

by demand

for detached

houses and

bungalows.

England:

10.1%

Small terraced

19.1%

Medium/large

terraced

28.3%

Semi­detached

18.7%

Detached

9.0%

Bungalow

3.6%

Converted

flats

10.3%

Low­rise

purpose­

built

flats

0.9%

High­rise

purpose­

built

flats

Not a

pplicable

Compared

to th

e national

average, Darlington

has a

high

proportion

of small terraced

houses, semi­detached

houses

and

bungalows in

its private

sector housing

stock; and

a

lower proportion

of detached

houses and

flats

Housing

supply

does not m

atch

demand. N

eed

for more

family

sized

housing

Tees Valley Strategic

Housing

Market A

ssessment (2009)

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/Hous

ing/m

arketneeds/housingstrategy/

SHMA.htm

DBC

Private

Sector House

Condition

Survey 2009

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/privatesectorho

usecondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

Long

term

vacancy

(private

sector)

**

Vacant 3.7%

Long­term

vacant 1.0%

North

East E

ngland

Vacant 4.1%

Long­term

vacant 2.0%

England

Vacant 4.1%

Long­term

vacant 1.6%

Aim

should

be

to

reduce

the

number of

vacant

properties

Darlington’s

percentages for

vacant and

long­term

vacant

properties are

lower than

both

the

regional and

national

averages.

DBC

Private

Sector House

Condition

Survey 2009

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/privatesectorho

usecondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

Non­decent

private

sector

dwellings

***

33.8%

of dwellings in

the

Borough

are

non­decent.

Non­decency mostly caused

by

Category

1 hazards or poor degree

of

therm

al comfort. O

nly

60.9%

of

vulnerable

households in

the

borough

are

in decent h

omes.

Stockton

15.9%

England

35.8%

Over 75%

of

vulnerable

households

living

in

decent homes

by 2020

(Form

erly

official target)

81

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

 

    

  

  

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

   

  

    

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

    

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

   

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Housing

Indicator

Quantified

Data

Comparators

Targets

Trends

Source

Length

of

residence

in

private

sector

dwellings

**

Years

resident in

current d

welling

43.2%: 0­5

15.1%: 6­10

8.6%: 11­15

5.0%: 16­20

8.6%: 21­25

5.5%: 26­30

14%: O

ver 30

Not available

Aim

should

be

to

increase

the

length

of

time

people

want to

spend

in

a single

dwelling

Nearly half Darlington

private

sector residents

had

been

in

their

current d

welling

five

years

or less. T

he

next m

ost common

length

of residence

was “6­10

years”,

then

“over 30

years”.

DBC

Private

Sector House

Condition

Survey 2009

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Community%20

Services/Housing/privatesectorho

usecondition.pdf

Accessed

Feb

2011

Affordable

housing

requirement

***

Between

2008

and

2012

there

is an

expected

net requirement o

f 513

affordable

dwellings, the

equivalent of

103/annum

Requirement for 5

year

period:

Hartlepool: 119

Middlesbrough: 2

89

R&C: ­115

Stockton: 411

Not a

pplicable

Darlington

has the

greatest

requirement for affordable

housing

of all LPAs in

the

sub­

region.

Tees Valley Strategic

Housing

Market A

ssessment 2009

http://www.stockton.gov.uk/resour

ces/housing/housingstratanddev/s

hma/SHMA.pdf (accessed

Feb

2011)

Total number

of affordable

housing

completions

***

Number of affordable

homes

provided

38

(2006/07)

50

(2007/08)

25

(2008/09)

49

(2009/10)

Not available

103

p.a.

Shows that the

number of

affordable

houses delivered

has

fluctuated

since

2006, b

ut come

nowhere

near meeting

the

identified

need.

DBC

AMR

2009/10

http://www.darlington.gov.uk/dar_

public/documents/Development%

20and%20Environment/Developm

ent%

20and%20Regeneration/Pla

nning%20Services/Policy/AMR_2

00910_FINAL_DOCUMENT_App

_1_separate.pdf

Accommodati

ng

Gypsy and

Travelling

Groups

***

Tees Valley assessment

recommended

that a

total of 153

additional residential pitches will

be

required

in th

e Tees Valley in

the

period

2007­2026

to

meet identified

need

While

the

methodology of the

Tees Valley assessment is

questionable

it does indicate

that there

is a

need

for

additional G

ypsy and

Traveller

pitches.

Tees Valley Gypsy and

Traveller

Accommodation

Needs

Assessment (2009)

82

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

    

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

APPENDIX

C:

DEVELOPMENT

OF

SUSTAINABILITY

FRAMEWORK

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Attract,

encourage

and

make

provision

for

young

people

and

families

within

the

Borough, whilst catering

for an

ageing

population.

Will

it encourage

young

people

and

families to

move

to the

Borough?

Will

it encourage

young

people

and

families to

stay within

the

Borough?

Will

the

needs of an

ageing

population

be

met,

especially

in independent d

wellings?

Objective

removed

The

objective

and

its criteria

are

too

similar in

practice

to other objectives.

Specific

reference

to

young

people,

families and

older people

has been

inserted

elsewhere.

Reduce

inequalities

for the

most deprived

and

disadvantaged

Will

it

help

to

reduce

inequalities

in

employment?

Will

it help

to reduce

inequalities in

health?

Will

it im

prove

the

public

realm

within

deprived

wards?

Reduce

inequalities

by

helping

the

most deprived

and

disadvantaged

Will

it help

to

reduce

unemployment in

deprived

areas and

among

disadvantaged

groups?

Will

it help

to

improve

the

health

of people

in

deprived

areas and

among

disadvantaged

groups?

Will

it im

prove

the

public

realm

and

provide

leisure

facilities for young

people

within

deprived

wards?

Need

to

provide

leisure

facilities for

the

young

identified

through

Plans,

Policies and

Programmes review.

Enhance

community

identity

and

create

an

empowered

and

engaged

Borough

wide

community

of town, villages

and

countryside

that values

diversity

and

cares

for others

Help

the

development of community

identity

in the

Borough

and

encourage

people

to

value

diversity, care

for others

and

take

part

in

community

and

cultural activities

Cultural/arts criteria

moved

to

this

objective

from

the

heritage/landscape

objective

in order to

rationalise

the

scope

of each

objective.

83

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

    

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Will

it encourage

engagement in

community

activities?

Will

it assist in

valuing

community diversity?

Will

it encourage

engagement in

community and

cultural activities?

Will

it assist in

valuing

community diversity?

Will

it protect,

and

help

the

expansion

of,

arts, community and

cultural

facilities?

Raise

aspirations

and

improve

educational

attainment and

access

to

qualifications

and

skills

in all

of the

community

through

lifelong

learning

Will

it im

prove

qualifications and

skills of young

people

and

adults?

Will

it address the

shortfall in

school places?

Will

it help

improve

or expand

education

facilities?

Improve

the

skills

and

qualifications

of all

citizens

and

raise

aspirations.

Will

it im

prove

qualifications and

skills of young

people

and

adults?

Will

it address the

shortfall in

school places?

Will

it help

improve

or expand

education

facilities?

Provide

a choice

and

mix

of affordably

accessible, good

quality

and

well

designed

sustainable

housing.

Will

it deliver housing

in sustainable

locations

with

access to

employment,

and

services by

walking, cycling

or public

transport?

Will

it deliver affordable

homes to

meet identified

Borough

needs?

Will

it deliver adaptable

housing

to

meet the

lifelong

needs of the

population?

Provide

a mixture

of affordable, well

designed

and

sustainably

located

new

housing, and

improve

the

standard

of existing

housing, especially

to

provide

for young

people, families

and

older people.

Will

it deliver housing

in sustainable

locations with

access to

employment,

and

services by walking, cycling

or public

transport?

Will

it deliver affordable

homes to

meet identified

Borough

needs?

Will

it deliver adaptable

housing

to

meet the

lifelong

needs of the

population?

‘Improve

existing

housing’ objective

combined

with

the

‘provide

new

housing’ objective

since

the

improvement of the

Borough’s

housing

stock should

involve

coordinated

action

in both

fields.

Specific

energy efficiency/renewable

energy aims are

covered

by th

e

Clim

ate

Change

objective; fuel

poverty is

more

relevant to

this

objective.

84

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

   

  

   

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

    

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Will

it reduce

the

number of non­decent homes in

the

Borough?

Will

it reduce

fuel poverty, especially

in deprived

areas?

Improve

the

standard

of existing

housing

Will

it reduce

the

number of non­decent homes

in the

Borough?

Will

it reduce

energy use

in homes and

encourage

domestic and

neighbourhood

scale

renewable

energy?

Objective

removed

Improve

community

safety, reduce

crime

and

anti

social behaviour and

improve

public

confidence.

Will

it increase

the

exposure

of people

to

hazard?

Will

it reduce

crime

and

anti­social behaviour?

Will

it help

improve

traffic

safety?

Improve

community

safety, reduce

crime

and

anti

social

behaviour and

improve

public

confidence.

Will

it increase

the

exposure

of people

to

hazard?

Will

it reduce

crime

and

anti­social behaviour,

especially

in high

impact

neighbourhoods?

Will

it help

improve

traffic

safety

and

reduce

casualties?

Crime

and

anti

social behaviour have

reduced

in the

borough

as a

whole

but its concentration

in certain

high

impact neighbourhoods remains a

significant problem.

Improve

the

health

and

well

being

of all

by

reducing

health

inequalities

and

promoting

healthier lifestyles

Will

it help

reduce

health

inequalities?

Will

it encourage

healthy lifestyles including

nature­based

or outdoor leisure

activities?

Will

it im

prove

access to

health

facilities?

Improve

the

health

and

well

being

of all, reduce

health

inequalities

and

promote

healthier lifestyles

Will

it help

reduce

health

inequalities?

Will

it encourage

greater participation

in healthy lifestyles including

nature­based

or outdoor leisure

activities?

Will

it ensure

the

whole

population

has easy access to

health

facilities?

Will

it increase

local food

production?

Local food

criterion

transferred

from

defunct O

ne

Planet L

iving

objective

85

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Contribute

to

One

Planet Living

Will

it encourage

local food

production?

Will

it m

ake

the

most efficient use

of land, water,

energy and

other finite

resources?

Objective

removed

Darlington’s

ecological footprint was

measured

in 2007

and

that data

is

now

likely

to be

out of date. There

is

no

immediate

prospect of the

ecological footprint b

eing

measured

again

so

the

objective

has been

removed

in the

interests

of

streamlining

the

framework. T

he

local

food

criterion

has been

moved

to the

Health

and

Wellbeing

objective; the

other criterion

is duplicated

by more

specific

criteria

elsewhere

in the

SA

framework.

Ensure

the

Borough

is

prepared

for climate

change, increase

resilience

through

adaptation

and

reduce

greenhouse

gas

emissions

Will

it reduce

emissions of greenhouse

gases,

including

by encouraging

energy efficiency?

Will

it encourage

renewable

energy generation?

Will

it ensure

clim

ate

adapted

design

and

resilient infrastructure?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

ecological networks

and

allow

for natural river change?

Increase

the

Borough’s

resilience

to

climate

change

and

reduce

greenhouse

gas

emissions

Will

it reduce

emissions of greenhouse

gases, including

by

encouraging

energy efficiency?

Will

it increase

renewable

energy generation?

Will

it ensure

clim

ate

adapted

design

and

resilient infrastructure?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

ecological networks and

allow

for natural

river change?

Protect and

improve

the

quality

of land

and

soil

and

ensure

that land

and

soil

is

used

in

a

sustainable

and

innovative

manner

Protect and

improve

the

quality

of land

and

soil

and

ensure

it is

used

in a

sustainable

manner;

promote

sustainable

waste

and

mineral management

Waste

and

minerals

issues have

been

incorporated

into

this

objective

since

most planning

issues related

to

86

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

 

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Does it

reduce

contaminated

sites and

increase

remediation?

Will

it m

inimise

the

loss of land

(and

soils) to

development­especially

Grade

1, 2

and

3

agricultural land?.

Will

it prioritise

development on

previously

developed

land?

Will

it reduce

contaminated

sites and

increase

remediation?

Will

it m

inimise

the

loss of land

(and

soils) to

development­especially

Grade

1, 2

and

3 agricultural land?.

Will

it prioritise

development on

previously

developed

land?

Will

it result in

the

effective

sterilisation

of any m

ineral resource?

Will

it encourage

resource

recovery?

those

matters

are

already dealt with

through

the

Tees Valley Minerals

and

Waste

DPDs so

do

not require

a

separate

objective

in this

appraisal

Avoid

and

reduce

flood

risk

Does it

follow

the

sequential approach

to

avoiding

higher flood

risk areas?

Will

it include/encourage

integrated

drainage

and

rainwater harvesting?

Will

it reduce

the

risk and

impact of flooding

on

development sites and

elsewhere?

Will

it allow

for flood

management m

easures?

Avoid

and

reduce

flood

risk

Does it

follow

the

sequential approach

to

avoiding

higher flood

risk

areas?

Will

it include/encourage

integrated

drainage

and

rainwater harvesting?

Will

it reduce

the

risk and

impact of flooding

on

development sites and

elsewhere?

Will

it allow

for flood

management m

easures?

Protect and

enhance

ground

and

surface

water quality

and

make

efficient use

of water

Will

it reduce

the

risk of contamination

to ground

waters?

Will

it encourage

the

use

of SUDS?

Will

it contribute

to

improving

water quality?

Protect and

enhance

air

and

water quality

and

make

efficient use

of water

Will

it contribute

to

reductions in

air

quality monitoring

pollutants

at

monitoring

locations across the

Borough?

Will

it reduce

the

risk of contamination

to ground

waters?

Will

it increase

the

use

of SUDS?

Air

quality now

added

to

this

criterion.

87

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

   

  

 

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

Does it

reduce

the

demand

for water?

Will

it contribute

to

improving

water quality?

Does it

reduce

the

demand

for water?

Maintain

protect and

improve

air

quality

Will

it contribute

to

reductions in

air

quality

monitoring

pollutants

at m

onitoring

locations

across the

Borough?

Objective

removed

Air

quality­not currently a

major

problem

in the

borough­has now

been

added

to

the

water quality

criterion

in the

interests

of

streamlining

the

framework.

Protect and

enhance

biodiversity

and

geodiversity

and

encourage

opportunities

for

habitat creation

Will

it m

aintain

and

enhance

range

and

population

of key species?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

ecological networks,

habitat corridors

and

linking

routes?

Does it

continue

the

protection

for national and

locally

designated

biodiversity and

geodiversity

sites and

propose

appropriate

enhancement?

Will

it ensure

the

conservation, e

nhancement

and

creation

of BAP

priority

habitats

within

the

Borough?

Will

it im

prove

understanding

of the

importance

of biodiversity and

geodiversity?

Protect and

enhance

biodiversity

and

geodiversity

Will

it m

aintain

and

enhance

range

and

population

of key species?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

ecological networks, habitat corridors

and

linking

routes?

Does it

continue

the

protection

for national and

locally

designated

biodiversity and

geodiversity sites and

propose

appropriate

enhancement?

Will

it ensure

the

conservation, e

nhancement and

creation

of BAP

priority

habitats

within

the

Borough?

Will

it im

prove

understanding

of the

importance

of biodiversity and

geodiversity?

Protect,

and

enhance

access

to, open

spaces, the

rights

of way

network

and

the

green

Protect,

and

enhance

access

to, green

infrastructure

and

the

rights

of way

network

88

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

infrastructure

network

Will

it protect e

xisting

green

infrastructure

or

open

spaces?

Will

it enhance/create

good

quality and

accessible

green

infrastructure

or open

spaces?

Will

it promote

increased

access to

and

use

of

rights

of way and

green

infrastructure, where

appropriate?

Will

it protect e

xisting

green

infrastructure

or open

spaces?

Will

it enhance/create

good

quality and

accessible

green

infrastructure

or open

spaces?

Will

it promote

increased

access to

and

use

of rights

of way and

green

infrastructure, where

appropriate?

Promote

sustainable

waste

and

mineral

management,

including

reduction, reuse,

recycling

and

recovery

of waste

and

mineral

resources

Will

it result in

the

effective

sterilisation

of any

mineral resource?

Will

it encourage

resource

recovery?

Objective

removed

Waste

and

minerals

issues

incorporated

removed

to the

‘Land

and

soils’ objective

since

most

planning

issues related

to

them

are

already dealt with

through

the

Tees

Valley M

inerals

and

Waste

DPDs so

do

not require

a separate

objective

in

this

appraisal.

Promote

traffic

reduction

and

encourage

more

sustainable

alternative

forms

of

transport?

Will

it reduce

the

distance

people

need

to

travel

to work

or to

access services and

facilities and

will

it prioritise

development on

well located

sites, especially

the

town

centre?

Will

it encourage

the

use

of alternatives to

car

travel, including

by protecting

and

improving

walking/cycling

routes and

public

transport

Promote

traffic

reduction

and

encourage

the

use

of public

and

non­motor transport

Will

it reduce

the

distance

people

need

to

travel to

work

or to

access

services and

facilities and

will

it prioritise

development on

well located

sites, especially

the

town

centre?

Will

it encourage

the

use

of alternatives to

car travel, including

by

protecting

and

improving

walking/cycling

routes and

public

transport

routes?

89

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

   

  

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

   

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

routes?

Preserve

and

enhance

Darlington’s

distinctive

and

valuable

historic

environment,

landscape

character and

settlements

and

increase

engagement in

cultural activities.

Will

it conserve

designated

and

non­designated

heritage

assets

and

other elements

of the

historic environment?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

the

quality and

character of the

landscape, including

by

promoting

good

design?

Will

it promote

the

maintenance, sensitive

adaptation

and

re­use

of buildings?

Will

it promote

and

increase

understanding

of

Darlington’s

heritage, especially

railw

ay

heritage?

Will

it protect,

and

help

the

expansion

of,

arts

and

culture

facilities?

Conserve

Darlington’s

distinctive

and

valuable

historic

environment,

heritage

assets, landscape

character and

settlements.

Will

it conserve

designated

and

non­designated

heritage

assets

and

other elements

of the

historic environment?

Will

it protect a

nd

enhance

the

quality and

character of the

landscape,

including

by promoting

good

design?

Will

it promote

the

maintenance, sensitive

adaptation

and

re­use

of

buildings and

historic assets, using

them

as a

catalyst for regeneration

and

a stimulus to

good

design?

Will

it promote

and

increase

understanding

of Darlington’s

heritage,

especially

railw

ay heritage?

Will

it m

aintain

separation

between

the

main

settlements

in th

e

Borough

and

those

in surrounding

districts?

New

‘separation’ criterion

reflects

adopted

Core

Strategy.

‘Maintenance’ criterion

expanded

to

include

relevant m

aterial from

the

Eastern

Town

Centre

Fringe

AAP

SA

framework

Cultural/arts criterion

moved

to

Objective

3.

To

achieve

ambitious, sustainable

levels

of

economic

growth

Does it

provide

for opportunities to

attract n

ew

business to

the

borough?

Will

it facilitate

the

expansion

and

development

of existing

businesses, especially

in th

e field

of

Achieve

ambitious, sustainable

levels

of economic

growth

Does it

provide

for opportunities to

attract n

ew

business to

the

borough?

Will

it facilitate

the

expansion

and

development of existing

businesses?

Will

it support

the

primacy of the

town

centre?

Multiple

priority

business sectors

have

been

identified, no

longer

suitable

to

focus solely

on

renewable

energy.

Need

to

support

business start

ups

identified

in several strategies and

90

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

    

   

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

     

Darlington

Local P

lan

– M

aking

and

Growing

Places DPD

SA

Scoping

Report

Appendices, O

ctober 2012

Previous

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

New

SA

Objective

& sub­objectives

Reasons

for Change

(NB. Multiple

objectives

have

been

rephrased

in th

e interests

of clarity, and

criteria

rephrased

in th

e interests

of

measurability.)

renewable

energy?

Will

it support

the

primacy of the

town

centre?

Will

it support

business start­ups and

ensure

the

availability

of space

for them?

supported

by the

statistics for

business births and

deaths.

Increase

employment levels

and

access

to

sustainable

and

high

quality

employment

opportunities?

Will

it help

generate

net n

ew

jobs?

Will

it support

the

creation

of sustainable

transport

links to

employment areas, especially

from

areas of high

unemployment?

Increase

employment levels

and

access

to

sustainable

and

high

quality

employment opportunities?

Will

it help

generate

net n

ew

jobs?

Will

it support

the

creation

of sustainable

transport

links to

employment

areas, especially

from

areas of high

unemployment?

91